PLANÈTE PSY : DÉFINITION H

HAH --- HAL --- HAM --- HAN --- HE --- HER --- HI --- HIS --- HM --- HJ --- HO --- HOL --- HOM --- HR --- HU --- HY --- HYP

Habenula : Noyau situé dans l'épiphyse.

	CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins.

Habermas Jürgen (1929-) : Sociologue et philosophe phénoménologiste allemand, spécialiste de l'herméneutique.

	HABERMAS, J. (1972). Knowledge and human interests. Boston, MA : Beacon.
	HABERMAS, J. (1990). Écrits politiques. Paris : Les Éditions du Cerf.
	HABERMAS, J. (1992). De l'éthique de la discussion. Paris : Les Éditions du Cerf.
	HABERMAS, J. (1994). Textes et contextes : essais de reconnaissance théorique. Paris : Les Éditions du Cerf.
	HABERMAS, J. (1992). The new conservatism, cultural criticism and the historians debate. Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press.

Habib Michel ( ) : Neurologue français, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dyslexie. Collaborateur de Gallaburda.

	HABIB, M. & SERRATRICE, G. (1993). L'écriture et le cerveau. Mécanismes neuro-physiologiques. Paris : Masson.
	HABIB, M. (2000). The neurological basis of developmental dyslexia : an overview and working hypothesis. Brain, 123, 2373-2399.
	HABIB, M., REY, V., DAFFAURE, V., CAMPS, R., ESPRESSER, R. & DÉMONET, J.-F. (2002). Phonological training in dyslexics using temporally modified speech : A three-step pilot investigation. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 37 (3), 289-308.

Habib Reza ( ) : Neuropsychologue canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire. Étudiant de Tulving. Collaborateur de Nyberg.

	NYBERG, L., HABIB, R. & HERLITZ, A. (2000). Brain activation during episodic retrieval: Sex differences. Acta Psychologica, 105, 181-194.
	HABIB, R., NYBERG, L. & TULVING, E. (2003). Hemispheric asymmetries of memory : The HERA model revisited. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 241-245.
	HABIB, R., McINTOSH, A.R., WHEELER, M.A. & TULVING, E. (2003). Memory encoding and hippocampally-based novelty/familiarity discrimination networks. Neuropsychologia, 41, 271-279.
	HABIB, R. & NYBERG, L. (2008). Neural correlates of availability and accessibility in memory. Cerebral Cortex, 18, 1720-1726.
	CARLSTON, J.M., REINKE, K.S. & HABIB, R. (2009). A left amygdala mediated network for rapid orienting to masked fearful faces. Neuropsychologia, 47, 1386-1389.

Habileté : Le concept désigne tantôt la capacité d'acquérir un ensemble particulier de comportements ou d'opérations mentales, tantôt cet ensemble particulier de comportements ou d'opérations mentales. ( ): habileté cognitive, habileté d'apprentissage, habileté en mathématique, habileté motrice, habileté parentale, habileté sociale, habileté spatiale, habileté verbale. Skill.

	FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development : The control and construction of hierarchies of skills. Psychological Review, 87, 477-531.
	ERICSSON, K.A. (1985). Memory skill. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 39 (2), 188-231.
	KRUGER J. & DUNNING, D. (1999). Unskilled and unaware of it. How difficulties in recognizing one's own incompetence lead to inflated self-assessment. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77 (6), 1121-1134.
	IWATA, B.A., WALLACE, M.D., KAHNG, S., LINDBERG, J.S., ROSCOE, E.M., CONNERS, J., HANLEY, . G.P., THOMPSON, R.H. & WORSDELL, A.S. (2000). Skill acquisition in the implementation of functional analysis methodology. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (2), 181-194. [PDF]
	SUN, R., SLUSARZ, P. & TERRY, C. (2005). The interaction of the explicit and the implicit in skill learning : A dual-process approach. Psychological Review, 112 (1), 159-192.

Habileté cognitive : Capacité à résoudre des problèmes abstraits, à prendre des décisions. = habileté mentale, habileté logique. Cognitive skill, cognitive ability, mental skill, mental hability, reasoning skill.

	SPEARMAN, C. (1927). The abilities of man. London: Macmillan.	SCHUNK, D.H. (1996). Goal and self-evaluative influences during children’s cognitive skills learning. American Educational Research Journal, 33 (2), 359-382.
	STERNBERG, R.J. (1979). The nature of mental habilities. American Psychologist, 34, 214-230.	VAN MERRIËNBOER, J.J.G. (1997). Training complex cognitive skills. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Educational Technology Publications.
	FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development : The control and construction of hierarchies and skills. Psychological Review, 87, 477-531.	PLOMIN R. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1998). The genetics of cognitive abilities and disabilities. Scientific American, 278 (5), 62-69.
	ANDERSON, J.R. (1982). Acquisition of cognitive skill. Psychological Review, 89, 369-406.	PLOMIN, R. (1999) Genetics and general cognitive ability. Nature, 402, C25-29.
	FULKER, D.W., DEFRIES, J.C., & PLOMIN, R. (1988). Genetic influence on general mental ability increases between infancy and middle childhood. Nature, 336, 767-769.	HALPERN, D.F. (2000). Sex differences in cognitive abilities.Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
	LINEHAN, M.M. (1993). Skills training manual for treating borderline personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.	NAZZI, T. & GOPNICK, A. (2001). Linguistic and cognitive abilities in infancy : when does language become a tool for categorization ? Cognition, 80, 11-20.
		LEIGHTON, J.P. (2006). Teaching and assessing deductive reasoning skills. Journal of Experimental Education, 74 (2), 109-136.

Habileté d'apprentissage : = stratégie d'apprentissage, habileté d'étude. Learning skills.

	HATTIE, J., BIGGS, J. & PURDIE, N. (1996). Effects of learning skills interventions on student learning : A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 66 (2), 99-136.
	TAIT, H. & ENTWISTLE, N. (1996). Identifying students at risk through ineffective study strategies. Higher Education, 31, 97-116.
	RUPH. F. et HRIMECH. M. (2001). Les effets perçus d’un atelier d’efficience cognitive sur le changement de stratégies d’apprentissage d’étudiants universitaires. Revue des Sciences de l’Éducation, 27 (3), 595-620.

Habileté au combat : Fighting ability, fighting behaviour.

	PARKER, G.A. (1974). Assessment strategy and the evolution of fighting behaviour. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 47, 223-243.
	MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. & DUGATKIN, L.A. (1995). Towards a theory of dominance hierarchies : effects of assessment, group size and variation in fighting ability. Behavioral Ecology, 6, 416-423.
	ARNOTT, G. & ELWOOD, R.W. (2009). Assessment of fighting ability in animal contests. Animal Behaviour, 77, 991-1004.

Habileté de lecture : Voir Lecture.

Habileté mathématique : Type d'habileté cognitive, qui consiste à résoudre des problèmes mathématiques et logiques en manipulant (computation et calcul mentale) des nombres et des symboles, selon des règles précises (opération et algorithmes). Habileté, littéracie mathématique et enseignement des mathématiques. /dyscalculie. Mathematical hability.

Opérations cognitives élémentaires

	THORNDIKE, E.L. (1922). The psychology of arithmetic. New York : Macmillan.	WYNN, K. (1992). Addition and subtraction by human infants. Nature, 358, 749-750.
	PROVUS, M.M. (1960). Ability grouping in mathematics. Elementary School Journal, 60, 391-398.	WYNN, K. (1992). Children’s acquisition of the number words and the counting system. Cognitive Psychology, 24, 220-251.
	SEKULAR, R. & MIERKIEWICZ, D. (1977). Children’s judgments of numerical inequality. Child Development, 48, 630–633.	LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOOW, C.P. (1992). Gender differences in abilities and preferences among the gifted : Implications for the math/science pipeline. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 61-66.
	HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 302-323.	BUTTERWORTH, B. (1999). The mathematical brain. London : Macmillan.
	BRAINERD, C.J. (Ed.), (1982). Children's logical and mathematical cognition. New York : Springer-Verlag	SLAVIT, D. (1998). The role of operation sense in transitions from arithmetic to algebraic thought. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 37, 251–274.
	CAPLAN, P.J., MCPHERSON, G.M. & TOBIN, P. (1985). Sex differences in mathematical reasoning ability : Their status 20 years later. Psychological Science, 11, 474-480.	XU, F. & SPELKE, E.S. (2000). Large number discrimination in 6-month- old infants. Cognition, 74, 1-11.
		SIEGLER, R. S. & BOOTH, J.L. (2004). Development of numerical estimation in young children. Child Development, 75, 428–444.
		BUTTERWORTH, B. (2005). The development of arithmetical abilities. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 46 (1), 3-18. [PDF]
	JACOBS, J.E. & ECCLES, J.S. (1985). Gender differences in mathematics ability : The impact of media reports on parents. Educational Researcher, 14, 20-25.	SKWARCHUK, S.L. & BETTS, P. (2005). An error analysis of elementary school children's number production abilities. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 5, 1-11
	MARSH, H.W. (1989). Sex differences in the development of verbal and math constructs : The High School and Beyond study. American Educational Research Journal, 26, 191-225.	GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., BYRD-CRAVEV, J., NUGENT, L. & NUMTEE, C. (2007). Cognitive mechanisms underlying achievement deficits in children with mathematical learning disability. Child Development, 78, 1343-1359.
	WIDAMAN, K.F., LITTLE, T.D., GEARY, D.C. & CORMIER, P. (1992). Individual differences in the development of skill in mental addition: Internal and external validation of chronometric models. Learning & Individual Differences, 4, 167-213.	FUCHS, L., GEARY, D.C., COMPTON, D.L., FUCHS, D., HAMLETT, C.L., SEETHALER, P.M., BRYANT, J.D. & SCHATSCHNEIDER, C. (2010). Do different types of school mathematics development depend on different constellations of numerical versus general cognitive abilities? Developmental Psychology, 46, 1731-1746.
		GEARY, D.C. (2010). Mathematical learning disabilities. In J. Holmes (Ed.), Advances in child development and behavior (Vol. 38, pp. 45-77). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.

Habileté motrice : Comportement ou chaîne de comportements moteurs requis dans un contexte donné. Motor skill.

	BILODEAU, E.A & BILODEAU, A. (1961). Motor-Skills Learning. Annual Review of Psychology, 2, 243-280.
	JOHNSTON, M.K., KELLY, C.S., HARRIS, F.R. & WOLF, M.M. (1966). An application of reinforcement principles to the development of motor skills of a young child. Child Development, 37, 370-387.
	SHEA, J.B. & MORGAN, R.L. (1979). Contextual interference effects on the acquisition, retention, and transfer of a motor skill. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 5, 183.
	LANDERS, D.M. & BJORK, R.A. (1988). Improving motor skills. In D. Druckman & J.A. Swets (Eds.), Enhancing human performance : Issues, theories, and techniques (pp. 61-102). Washington, DC : National Academy Press.
	ALLARD, F. & STARKES, J.L. (1991). Motor-skill experts in sports, dance and other domains. In K.A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise : Prospects and limits (pp. 126-152). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
	FOX, P.W., HERSHBERGER, S.L. & BOUCHARD, T.J. (1996). Genetic and environmental contributions to the acquisition of a motor skill. Nature, 384, 356-358.
	FISHER, A.G. (2001). Assessment of motor and process skills. Fort Collins, TX : hree Star Press.

Habiletés parentales : Habiletés parentales et parent. = compétence parentale. Parenting skills.

	CEDAR, B. & LEVANT, R.F. (1990). A meta-analysis of the effects of parent effectiveness training. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 18 (4), 373-384.
	SALMON, M.P., ABEL K. M., CORDINGLY L., FRIEDMAN, T. & APPLEBY, L. (2003). Clinical and parenting skills outcomes following joint mother baby psychiatric admission. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 37, 556-562.

Habileté sociale : Comportement ou chaîne de comportements requis dans un contexte social donné. EX: Dire bonjour et sourire (chaîne de comportements) lorsqu'on rencontre un ami (contexte social donné). = compétence sociale, comportement efficace, comportement adéquat. Social skill, skill, social competence.

	FREDERIKSEN, L.W., JENKINS, J.O., FOY, D.W. & EISLER, R.M. (1976). Social-skills training to modify abusive verbal outbursts in adults. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 9 (2), 117-125. [PDF]	D’ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A.M. (1987). The Heppner and Krauskopf approach : A model of personal problem solving or social skills? The Counseling Psychologist, 15, 463-470.
	PHILLIPS, E.L. (1978). The social skills basis of pschopathology : Althernatives to abnormal psychology and psychiatry. NY : Greene and Stratton.	MONTAGUE, M. (1988). Job-related social skills training for adolescents with handicaps. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals, 11, 26-41.
	GALASSI, J.P. & GALASSI, M.D. (1979). Modification of heterosocial skills deficits. in A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.), Research and practice in social skills training (pp. 131-187). New York : Pergamon Press.	ARGYLE, M. (1988). The psychology of interpersonal relationships. New York : Penguin.
	FREEDMAN, B.J., ROSENTHAL, L., DONAHOE, C.P., SCHLUNDT, D.G. & MCFALL, R.M. (1978). A social-behavioral analysis of skills deficits in delinquent and nondelinquent adolescent boys. Journal of Clinical & Clinical Psychology, 46 (6), 1448-1462.	PARK, H.S. & GAYLORD-ROSS, R. (1989). A problem-solving approach to social skills training in employment settings with mentally retarded youth. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 22 (4), 373-380. [PDF]
	BELLACK, A.S. (1979). Behavioral assessment of social skills. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Dirs.), Research and practice in social skills training (pp. 75-104). New York : Plenum Press.	PETERSON, G.W. & LEIGH, G.K. (1990). The family and social competence in adolescence. Dans T.P. Gullotta, G.R. Adams & R. Montemayor (Eds.), Developing social competency in adolescence (pp. 97-138). Newbury Park : Sage Publications.
	WALLACE, C.J., NELSON, C.J., LIBERMAN, R.P., AITCHISON, L.D., ELDER, J.P. & FERIS, U. (1980). A review and critique of social skills training with schizophrenia patients. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 6, 46-52.	BENTON, M.K. & SCHROEDER, H.E. (1990). Social skills training with schizophrenics : A meta-analytic evaluation. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology 58 (6), 741-747.
	LONGER, J.C. & FARRELL, A.D. (1981). Behavioural components of hetero-sexual Skills. Behavior Therapy, 41-55.	BELLACK, A.S., MORRISON, R.L., WIXTED, J.T. & MUESER, K.T. (1990). An analysis of social competence in schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychology, 156, 809-818.
	McFALL, R.M. (1982). A review and reformation of the concept of social skills. Behavioral Assessment, 4, 1-33.	FONTANNA, D. (1990). Social skills at work. BPCC, Exeta.
	WILKINSON, J. & CANTER, S. (1982). Social skills training manual : Assessment, programme design and management of training. NY : John Wiley and Sons.	McFALL, R.M. (1990). The enhancement of social skills : an information-processing analysis. Dans W.L. Marshall, D.R. Laws & H.E. Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of sexual assault : Issues, theories, and treatment of the offender (pp. 311-329). New York : Plenum Press.
	KELLY, J.A. (1982). Social skills training : A practical guide for intervention. NY : Springer Publishing Company.	BUCK, R. (1991). Temperament, social skills, and the communication of emotion : A developmental-interactionist view. In D.G. Gilbert & J.J. Connolly (Eds.), Personality, Social Skills, and Psychopathology : An individual differences approach (pp. 85-105). New York : Plenum Press.
	AZRIN, R.D. & HAYES, S.C. (1984). The discrimination of interest within a heterosexual interaction : Training, generalization, and effects on social skills. Behavior Therapy, 15 (2), 173–184.
	SEGAL, Z.V. & MARSHALL, W.L. (1985). Heterosexual social skills in a population of rapists and child molesters. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 55-63.	HINSHAW, S.P. (1992). Intervention for social skill and social competence. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 1, 539-552.
	MASON, C.Y. (1985). Social skills. Journal of Precision Teaching, 6 (3), 68-69.
	MASON, C.Y. (1985). Precision teaching and social skills training : Some possible directions. Journal of Precision Teaching, 6 (3), 70-71.
	CONGER, J.C. & CONGER, A.J. (1986). Assessment of social skills. Dans A.R. Ciminero, K.S. Calhoun & H.E. Adams (Éds.), Handbook of behavioral assessment (pp. 526-560). New York : John Wiley & Sons.	KORALEWSKI, M.A. & CONGER, J.C. (1992). The assessment of social skills among sexually coercive college males. The Journal of Sex Research, 29 (2), 169-188.
	MUESER, K.T. & FOY, D.W. (1986). Social skills training for job maintainence in a psychiatric patients. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 33 (3), 360-362.	NANGLE, D.W. & HANSEN, D.J. (1993). Relations between social skills and high-risk sexual interactions among adolescents. Behavior Modification, 17 (2), 113-135.
	LIBERMAN, R.P., MUESER, K.T., WALLACE, C.J., JACOBS, H.E., ECKMAN T. & MASSEL, H.K. (1986). Training skills in the psychiatrically disabled : Learning coping and competence. Schizophrenia Bulletin 12, 631-647.	O'DONOHUE, W.T. & KRASNER, L. (Eds.) (1994). Handbook of psychological skills training. New York : Allyn & Bacon.
	FARLEY, R.C. & HINMAN, S. (1986). Enhancing job interview and job retention behavior with relationship skills training. Vocational Evaluation and Work Adjustment Bulletin, 19 (2), 55-60.	MACKINTOSH, N.J. & COLMAN, A.M. (Ed.) (1995). Learning and skills. London and New York : Longman.
	FURNHAM, A. (1986). Social skills training with adolescents and young adults. In C.R. Hollin & P. Trower (Eds.), Handbook of social skills training : Implications across the life span (Vol. 1, pp. 33-57). New York : Pergamon Press.	BELLACK, A., BROWN, C. & THOMAS-LOHRMAN, S. (2006). Psychometric characteristics of role-play assessments of social skill in schizophrenia. Behavior Therapy, 37, 339-352.

Habileté spatiale : Habileté spatiale et rotation mentale. Spatial ability.

	JOHNSON, E.S. & MEADE, A.C. (1987). Developmental patterns of spatial ability : An early sex difference. Child Development, 58, 725-740.	BROSNAN, M. (1998). Spatial ability in children’s play with Lego blocks. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 87, 19-28.
	LOHMAN, D.F. (1988). Spatial abilities as traits, processes, and knowledge. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 4, pp. 181-248). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.	GEARY, D.C., SAULTS, S.J., LIU, F. & HOARD, M.K. (2000). Sex differences in spatial cognition, computational fluency, and arithmetical reasoning. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 77, 337-353.
	GEARY, D.C. & GILGER, J.W. (1989). Age of sexual maturation and adult spatial ability. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 27, 241-244.	GEARY, D.C. & DESOTO, M.C. (2001). Sex differences in spatial abilities among adults from the United States and China : Implications for evolutionary theory. Evolution & Cognition, 7, 172-177.
	GAULIN, S.J.C., FITZGERALD, R.W. & WARTELL, M.S. (1990). Sex differences in spatial ability and activity in two vole species. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 104, 88-93.	SHEA, D.L., LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2001). Importance of assessing spatial ability in talented young adolescents : A 20-year longitudinal study. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93, 604-614.
	WILLIAMS, C.L. & MECK, W.H. (1991). The organizational effects of gonadal steroids on sexually dimorphic spatial ability. Psychoneuroen-Docrinology, 16, 155-176.	WANG, R.F. & SPELKE, E.S. (2002). Human spatial representation : Insights from animals. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6, 376-382.
	SILVERMAN, I. & EALS, M. (1992). Sex differences in spatial abilities: evolutionary theory and data. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind : Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 533–553). New York : Oxford University Press.	VOYER D., RODGERS, M.A. & McCORMICK, P.A. (2004). Timing conditions and the magnitude of gender differences on the mental rotations test. Memory & Cognition, 32 (1), 72-82.
	VOYER D., VOYER, S. & BRYDEN, M. P. (1995). Magnitude of sex differences in spatial abilities : A meta-analysis and consideration of critical variables. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 250-270.	WEBB, R.M., LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2007). Spatial ability : A neglected dimension in talent searches for intellectually precocious youth. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99, 397-420.
	KASS, S.J., AHLERS, R.H. & DUGGER, M. (1998). Eliminating gender differences through practice in an applied visual spatial task. Human Performance, 11, 337-349.

Habileté verbale : Verbal ability.

	ALWIN, D. (1991). Family of origin and cohort differences in verbal ability. American Sociological Review, 56, 625-638.
	NAZZI, T. & GOPNICK, A. (2001). Linguistic and cognitive abilities in infancy : when does language become a tool for categorization? Cognition, 80, 11-20.

Habillement : Choix des vêtements. = uniforme, habillement. Dress style.

	GREEN, P. & GILES, H. (1973). Reactions to a stranger as a function of dress style : the tie. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 37, 676.
	BICKMAN, L. (1974). The social power of a uniform. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 4, 47-61.
	BULL R. & GiIBSON-ROBINSON, E. (1981). The influence of eye-gaze, style of dress, and locality on the amounts of money donated to a charity. Human Relations, 34, 895–905.
	EDMONDS, E.M. & CAHOON, D. D. (1984). Female clothes preference related to male sexual interest. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 171-173.
	ABBEY, A., COZZARELLI, C., McLAUGHLIN, K, & HARNISH, R J. (1987) The effects of clothing and dyad sex composition on perceptions of sexual intent : do women and men evaluate these cues differently? Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 12, 108-126.
	GUÉGUEN, N. (2009). Man’s uniform and receptivity of women to courtship request : Three field experiments with a firefighter’s uniform. European Journal of Social Sciences, 12 (2), 235-240.
	GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). The effect of women’s suggestive clothing on men’s behavior and judgment : a field study. Psychological Reports, 109 (2), 635-638. [PDF]

Habituation : Disparition progressive d'une réponse par suite de la répétition du stimulus qui déclenche cette réponse. EX: Lorsqu'on habite près d'une grande artère, on s'habitue avec le temps aux bruits de la rue, aux passages des voitures; et la campagne devient alors insupportable... :0) Habituation.

	MILLER, N.E. (1950). Outline on training and habituation of rats for laboratory work. In R.W. Gerard (Ed.), Methods in medical research (Vol. 3, pp. 216-218). Chicago : Yearbook Publishers.	McCALL, R.E. & GARRIGER, M.S. (1993). A meta analysis of infant habituation and recognition memory performance as predictors of later IQ. Child Development, 64, 57-79.
	BRIMER, C.J. & KAMIN, L.J. (1963). Disinhibition, habituation, sensitization, and the conditioned emotional response. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 56, 508-516.	STADDON, J.ER. & HIGGA, J.J. (1996). Multiple time scales in simple habituation. Psychological Review, 103, 720-733.
	THOMPSON, R.F. & SPENCER W.A. (1966). Habituation : A model phenomenon for the study of neuronal substrates of behavior. Psychological Review, 73, 16-43.
	GROVES, P.M. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1970). Habituation : a dual-process theory. Psychological Review, 77, 419–450.	McSWEENEY, F.K. & SWINDELL, S. (2002). Common processes may contribute to extinction and habituation. Journal of General Psychology, 129 (4), 364-400.
	AVRILL, J.R., MALMSTROM, E.J., KORIAT, A. & LAZARUS R.S. (1972). Habituation to complex emotional stimuli. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 80, 20-28.
	KORIAT, A., AVRILL, J.R.& MALMSTROM, E.J. (1973). Individual differences in habituation : Some conceptual issues. Journal of Experimental Research in Personality, 7, 88 -101.	McSWEENEY, F.K. MURPHY, E.S. & KOWAL, B P (2003). Dishabituation with component transitions may contribute to the interactions observed during multiple schedules. Behavioural Processes, 64, 77-89.
	WILLIAMS, J.M., HAMILTON, L.W. & CARLTON, P.I. (1974). Pharmacological and anatomical dissociation of two types of habituation. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 87, 724-732.
	WILLIAMS, J.M., HAMILTON, L.W. & CARLTON, P.I. (1975). Ontogenetic dissociationof two classes of habituation. Journal of Comparative physiology & Psychological, 89, 733-737.	McSWEENEY, F.K. (2004). Dynamic changes in reinforcer effectiveness : Satiation and habituation have different implications for theory and practice. The Behavior Analyst, 27, 171-188. [PDF]
	WHITLOW, J.W. (1975). Short-term memory in habituation and dishabituation. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 1, 189-206.	SCHÖNER, G. & THELEN, E. (2006). Using dynamic field theory to rethink infant habituation. Psychological Review, 113 (2), 273-299
	POUCET, B., DURUP, M. & THINUS-BLANC, C. (1988). Short-term and long-term habituation of exploration in rats, hamsters and gerbils. Behavioural Processes, 16, 203-211.	ERNST,M.M. & EPSTEIN,L.H. (2002). Habituation of responding for food in humans. Appetite, 38, 224-234.
	EPSTEIN, L.H., RODEFER, J.S., WISNIEWSKI, L., MCSWEENEY, F.K., MURPHY, E.S., KOWAL, B. & CAGGIULA, A.R. (1992). Habituation and dishabituation of humans salivary response. Physiology & Behavior, 51, 945-950.
	LEINBACH, M. & FAGOT, B. (1993). Categorical habituation to male and female faces : Gender schematic processing in infancy. Infant Behavior & Development, 16, 317-332.	EPSTEIN, L.H., TEMPLE, J.L., ROEMMICH, J.N. & BOUTON, M.E. (2009). Habituation as a determinant of human food intake. Psychological Review, 116 (2), 384-407.

Habitude : Comportement fréquent et automatique (émis sans conscience ou volonté). En raison de sa fréquence, l'habitude est un comportement difficile à modifier et parfois nuisible. Dans la théorie de Hull, l'habitude désigne la relation entre le stimulus et le comportement. Habit.

	BEAUNIS, H.E. (1856). De l'habitude en général.
	JAMES, W. (1890). Habit. New York : H. Holt and Co.
	YERKES, R.M. & DODSON, J.D. (1908). The relation of strength of stimuli to rapidity of habit-formation. Journal of Comparative Neurology & Psychology, 18, 459-82.	AZRIN, N.H. & NUNN, R.G. (1977). Habit control in a day. New York : Simon & Shuster.
	KANTOR, J.R. (1922). The integrative character of habits. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 2, 195-216.
	HULL, C.L. (1934). The concept of the habit-family hierarchy and maze learning : Part I. Psychological Review, 41, 33-54.	CERUTTI, D.T. (2002). Psychology of conditioning and habit. In N.J. Smelser & P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International encyclopedia of the social and behavioral sciences. Oxford: Elsevier Science.
	SCHMIDEBERG, M. (1935). Bad habits in childhood. Their importance in development. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 14, 455-461.	MARKS, D.F. (2005). Overcoming your smoking habit. London : Robinson.
	ISAACS, S.S. (1935). Bad habits. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 16, 446-454.	WOODS, D.W. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (1995). Habit reversal : A review of applications and variations. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 26, 123-131.
	WHITING, J.W.M. & MOWRER, O.H. (1943). Habit progression and regression : A laboratory study of some factors relevant to human socialization. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 36 (3), 229-253.	MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2005). Habit Reversal. In A. Gross & R. Drabman (Eds.), Encyclopedia of behavior modification and cognitive behavior therapy (Vol.II pp. 873-877). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
	DOLLARD, J. (1947). The acquisition of new social habits. In R. Linton (Ed.), The science of man in the world crisis (pp.442-464). New York : Columbia University Press.	WOOD, W. & NEAL, D.T (2007). A new look at habits and the habit-goal interface. Psychological Review, 114 (3), 843-863.
	DUNLAP, K. (1932). Habits : Their making and unmaking. New York : Liveright.

Habitus : Du latin habere qui signifie «avoir». Chez Bourdieu, capacité inconsciente et automatique d'acquérir les us et coutumes de son groupe d'appartenance, de sa classe sociale. Habitus et champ. = socialisation, transmission de classe.

Hadley Charles D. ( ) : Politologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude des partis politiques.

	HADLEY, C.D. & LADD, E.C. (1973). Political parties and political issues : Patterns in differentiation since the New Deal. Beverly Hills : SAGE.
	HADLEY, C.D. & LADD, E.C. (1973). Party definition and party differentiation. Public Opinion Quarterly, 37 (2), 21-34.
	HADLEY, C.D. & LADD, E.C. (1975). Transformations of the american party system : Political coalitions from the New Deal to the 1970s. New York : W.W. Norton & Company.
	HADLEY, C.D. (1981). Survey research and southern politics : The implications of data management. Public Opinion Quarterly, 45 (4), 393-401.
	HADLEY, C.D. & EPSTEIN, L. (1990). On the treatment of political parties in the U.S. Supreme Court, 1900-1986. The Journal of Politics, 52 (5), 413-432.

Haeckel Ernst Heinrich Philipp August (Potsdam 1834-1919) : Biologiste et philosophe allemand. Il a fait connaître la théorie de la sélection naturelle de Darwin en Allemagne.

Hagopian Louis P. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Fisher et Piazza.

	HAGOPIAN, L.P., FISHER, W.W. & LEGACY, S.M. (1994). Schedule effects of noncontingent reinforcement on attention-maintained destructive behavior in identical quadruplets. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27, 317-325. [PDF]
	HAGOPIAN, L.P., CROCKETT, J.L., VAN STONE, M., DELEON, I.G. & BOWMAN, L.G. (2000). Effects of noncontingent reinforcement on problem behavior and stimulus engagement : The role of satiation, extinction, and alternative reinforcement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33, 433-449. [PDF]
	HAGOPIAN, L.P., TOOLE, L.M., LONG, E.S., BOWMAN, L.G. & LIEVING, G.A. (2004). A comparison of dense-to-lean and fixed lean schedules of alternative reinforcement and extinction. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37 (3), 323-328. [PDF]
	HAGOPIAN, L.P., BRUZECK, J.L., BOWMAN, L.G. & JENNETT, H.K. (2007). Assessment and treatment of problem behavior occasioned by interruption of free-operant behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (1), 89-103. [LIRE]
	HAGOPIAN, L.P. & TOOLE, L.M. (2009). Effects of response blocking and competing stimuli on stereotypic behavior. Behavioral Interventions, 24 (2), 117–125.

Hahnemann Samuel (Meissen Allemagne 1755-1843 Paris) : Médecin et inventeur de l'homéopathie.

Hailman Jack P. (St. Louis 1936) : Éthologiste et ornithologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étudde de l'instinct. Étudiant de Wilson.

	HAILMAN, J.P. (1967). The ontogeny of an instinct. Behaviour, (S15).
	HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). How an instinct is learned. Scientific American, 221, 98-108.
	HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). Spectral pecking preference in gull chicks : Possible resolution of a species difference. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 67 (4), 465-467.
	HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). Blue jay mimics osprey. Florida Field Naturalist 18 (4), 81-82. [PDF]
	HAILMAN, J.P. (1989). Toward a new philosophy of biology - review. Auk, 106, 751-752. [LIRE]

Haine : Hate.

	FISETTE, D. (2009). Love and hate : Brentano and Stumpf on emotions and sense feelings. Gestalt Theory, 29 (1), 115-127.

Haines Mary M. ( ) : Psychiatre australienne, spécialisée dans l'étude du stress environnemental et des influences du bruit sur la santé mental. Collaboratrice de Hygge et Stansfeld.

	HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., BRENTNALL, S., HEAD, J., BERRY, B., JIGGINS, M. & HYGGE, S. (2001). The West London Schools Study : the effects of chronic aircraft noise exposure on child health. Psychological Medicine, 31, 1385-96.
	HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., JOB, R.F., BERGLUND, B. & HEAD, J. (2001). Chronic aircraft noise exposure, stress responses, mental health and cognitive performance in school children. Psychological Medicine, 31, 265-77.
	HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., JOB, R., BERGLUND, B. & HEAD, J. (2001). A follow-up study of effects of chronic aircraft noise exposure on child stress responses and cognition. International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, 839-45.
	HAINES, M.M. (2002). Multilevel modelling of aircraft noise on performance tests in schools around Heathrow Airport London. Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 56, 139-144.
	HAINES, M.M. (2003). Qualitative responses of children to environmental noise. Noise Health, 5,19-30.

Haladyna Thomas M. ( ) : Spécialiste américain de l'évaluation, et plus particulièrement des test à choix multiple.

	HALADYNA, T.M. & DOWNING, S.M. (1989). Validity of a taxonomy of multiple-choice item-writing rules. Applied Measurement in Education, 2, 51-78.
	HALADYNA, T.M. & DOWNING, S.M. (1989). Validity of a taxonomy of multiple-choice item-writing rules. Applied Measurement in Education, 2, 51-78.
	HALADYNA, T.M. (1992). The effectiveness of several multiple-choice formats. Applied Measurement in Education, 5, 73-88.
	HALADYNA, T.M. (1999). Developing and validating multiple-choice test items. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
	HALADYNA, T.M., DOWNING, S.M. & RODRIGUEZ, M.C. (2002). A review of multiple-choice item-writing guidelines for classroom assessment. Applied Measurement in Education, 15, 309–334. [PDF]

Halbwachs Maurice (Reims 1877-1945 Buchenwald Allemagne) : Sociologue français. On lui doit notamment le concept de mémoire collective. Étudiant de Bergson et Durkheim.

	HALBWACHS, M. (1925). Cadres sociaux de la mémoire. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	HALBWACHS, M. (1930). Les causes du suicide. Paris: Félix Alcan.
	HALBWACHS, M. (1938). Esquisse d'une psychologie des classes sociales. Paris : Librairie Marcel Rivière et Cie.
	HALBWACHS, M. (1938). La psychologie collective du raisonnement. Zeitschrift für Sozialforschung, 357 à 374.
	HALBWACHS, M. (1950). La mémoire collective. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Haldane John Burdon Sanderson (Edimbourg Écosse 1892-1964) : Biologiste, évolutionniste et généticien anglais. Il est considéré par plusieurs historiens des sciences comme l'un des fondateurs de la génétique des populations (avec Fisher et Wright). Professeur de Maynard Smith. Collaborateur de Smart.

	HALDANE, J.B.S. (1927). Selection and mutation. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 23, 838-844.
	HALDANE, J.B.S. (1932). The causes of evolution. London : Macmillan.
	HALDANE, J.B.S. (1933). The part played by recurrent mutation in evolution. American Naturalist, 67, 5-19.
	HALDANE, J.B.S. (1953). Animal populations and their regulation. Penguin modern biology, 15, 9-24.
	SMART, J.J.C. & HALDANE, J.B.S. (2003). Atheism and theism. Oxford : Blackwell.

Haley Jay (1923-2007) : Psychothérapeute américain et membre fondateur de l'École de Palo Alto. Collaborateur d'Erickson et Weakland.

	HALEY, J. (Ed.) (1971). Changing families : A family therapy reader. New York: Grune Stratton.
	HALEY, J. (1981). Reflections on therapy and other essays. Family Therapy Institute.
	HALEY, J. (1981). Learning and teaching therapy. New York : Guilford Press.
	HALEY, J. (1984). Ordeal therapy : unusual ways to change behavior. Jossey-Bass.
	HALEY, J. (1990). Strategies ofpsychotherapy. New York : Triangle Press/W.W. Norton & Co.

Hall Calvin S. (Seattle 1909-1985 Santa Cruz) : Psychanalyste et vulgarisat/eur scientifique américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des rêves. Collaborateur de Lindzey.

	HALL, C.S. (1947). Diagnosing personality by the analysis of dreams. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 42, 68-79.
	HALL, C.S. (1951). What people dream about. Scientific American, 184, 60-63.
	HALL, C.S. (1953). A cognitive theory of dream symbols. Journal of General Psychology, 48, 169-186.
	HALL, C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie freudienne. Paris : Montaigne.
	HALL, C.S. & LINDZEY, G. (1957). Theories of personality. New York : John Wiley & Sons.

Hall Edward Twitchell (Webster Groves, États-Unis 1914-) : Anthropologue américain. On lui doit le concept de proxémie et de distance sociale.

	HALL, E.T. (1959/84). The silent language. Garden City, N.Y : Doubleday/Le langage silencieux. Paris : Seuil.
	HALL, E.T. (1963). A system for the notation of proxemic behavior. American Anthropology new series, 57, 1003-1026.
	HALL, E.T. (1968). Proxemics. Current Anthropology, 9 (2-3), 83-95.
	HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co./ La dimension cachée. Paris : Seuil.
	HALL, E.T. (1976/91). Beyond culture. Garden City : Anchor Press/Au-delà de la culture. Paris : Seuil.

Hall Granville Stanley (Ashfield États-Unis 1844-1924 Worcester États-Unis) : Psychologue et historien américain, chef de file du fonctionnalisme. Il a fondé le premier laboratoire de psychologie scientifique aux États-unis (Université Johns Hopkins). Il a aussi fondé la première revue scientifique en psychologie, soit l'American Journal of Psychology. Il fut également le premier président de l'Association américaine de psychologie (1892 et de nouveau en 1924). Étudiant de James, Ludwig, Helmholtz et Wundt. Professeur de Cattel, Jatrow, Goddard, Hume, Sanford et Terman. Collaborateur de Bowditch.

No 72	HALL, G.S. (1904). Adolescence : its psychology and its relation to physiology, anthropology, sociology, sex, crime, religion and education. New York : Appleton.
	HALL, G.S. (1906). Youth. New York : Appleton.
	HALL, G.S. (1912). Founders of modern psychology. New York : Appleton.
	HALL, G.S. (1922). Senescence : the last half of life. New York : Appleton.
	HALL, G.S. (1924). Life and confessions of a psychologist. New York : Appleton.

Hall Judith A. (Waghington 1946-) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des différences sexuelles, plus particulièrement des comportements non-verbaux. Collaboratrice de Rosenthal.

	HALL, J.A., ROSENTHAL, R., ARCHER, D., DIMMATTEO, M.R. & ROGERS, P.L. (1977). Nonverbal skills in the classroom. Theory Into Practice, 16, 162-66.
	HALL, J.A. (1978). Gender effects in decoding nonverbal cues. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 845-57.
	HALL, J.A., HARRIGAN, J.A. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1995). Nonverbal behavior in clinician-patient interaction. Applied & Preventive Psychology, 4, 21-37.
	HALL, J.A. & ROTER, D.L. (2002). Do patients talk differently to male and female physicians? A meta-analytic review. Patient Education & Counseling, 48, 217-224.
	HALL, J.A. (2006). Gender differences in nonverbal communication : Similarities, differences, stereotypes, and origins. In V.L. Manusov & M.L. Patterson (Eds.), The handbook of nonverbal communication (pp. 201-218). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hallucination (visuelle) : Déformation de la perception spatiotemporelle qui se traduit par une image ou une vision qui ne correspond pas à la réalité, mais que l'on tient pour vrai. L'hallucination visuelle est un symptôme de plusieurs maladies, notamment la démence. Hallucination.

	BION, W.R. (1958/83) L'hallucination. Réflexion faite. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	BENTALL, R.P. (1990). The illusion of reality : A review and integration of psychological research on hallucination. Psychological Bulletin, 107, 82-95.
	LINDSLEY, O.R. (1963). Direct measurement and functional definition of vocal hallucinatory symptoms. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 136, 3, 293-297.	LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1991). Les hallucinations. Paris : Masson.
	MOTT, R.H., SMALL, I.F. & JANDERSON, J.M. (1965). Comparative study of hallucinations. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12 (6), 595-601.	LAGACHE, D. (1997). Les oeuvres 1 ; Les hallucinations verbales. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	BALDWIN, M. (Ed.) (1970). Neurological syndromes and hallucinations. New York : Plenum.	KOCHMAN F. & PARQUET, P.J. (1999). Dépression et phénomènes hallucinatoires et/ou délirants chez l’enfant et l’adolescent. Revue Française de Psychiatrie et de Psychologie Médicale, 26, 31-34.
	GIBSON, J.J. (1970). On the relation between hallucination and perception. Leonardo, 3, 425-7.	LAGACHE, D. et ROSENBLUM, E. (2001). Les hallucinations verbales et travaux cliniques (1932-1946). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	EGDELL, H.G. & KOLVIN, I. (1972). Childhood hallucinations. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiary, 13, 279-287	THOMAS, P., BRACKEN, P. & LEUDAR, I. (2004) Hearing voices : a phenomenological–hermeneutic approach. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 9, 13–23.
	SIEGAL, R.K. (1977). Hallucinations. Scientific American, 237, 132-140.	CHRISTAKI, A. (2005). Une approche métapsychologique de l'hallucination. Perspectives Psychiatriques, 44 (2), 151-155
	ZIGLER, E. & LEVINE, J. (1983) Hallucinations vs. delusions: A developmental approach. Journal of Nervous & Mental Dissease, 171, 141-146.	FYTCH, D. (2008). The hodology of hallucinations. Cortex, 44, (8), 1067-1083.
	LAYNG, T.V.J. & ANDRONIS, P.T. (1984). Toward a functional analysis of delusional speech and hallucinatory behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 7, 139-156. [PDF]
	GARRALDA, M.E. (1984). Psychotic children with hallucinations. British Journal of Psychiatry , 145 (722), 74-77

Hallucination auditive : Symptômes de la schizophrénie ou de certains traumatismes cérébraux. = entendre des voix. Hearing voice.

	CHADWICK, P.D.J. & BIRCHWOOD, M.J. (1994). The omnipotenceof voices : A cognitive approach to hallucinations. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 190-201.
	CHADWICK, P.D.J., BIRCHWOOD, M.J. & TROWER, P. (1996). Cognitive therapy for delusions, voices and paranoia. Chichester, UK : Wiley.
	WAGNER, P.S. (1996). First person account : a voice from another closet. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 22, 399-401
	CHADWICK, PDJ, SAMBROOKE, S., RASCH, S. & DAVIES, E. (2000). Challenging the omnipotence of voices: Group cognitive therapy for voices. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 38, 993-1003.
	WATERS, F.A., BADCOCK, J.C., MAYBERY, M.T. & MICHIE, P.T. (2003). Inhibition in schizophrenia : association with auditory hallucinations. Schizophrenia Research, 62, 275-280.
	HUGDAHL, K., LOBERG, E. M. & NYGARD, M. (2009). Left temporal lobe structural and functional abnormality underlying auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 3, 34-45.
	HUGDAHL, K. (2009). "Hearing voices": Auditory hallucinations as failure of top-down control of bottom-up perceptual processes. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 50, 553-560.
	CHADWICK, P.D.J., HUGHES, S., RUSSELL, D., RUSSELL, I. & DAGNA, D. (2009). Mindfulness groups for distressing voices and paranoia: a replication and feasibility trial. Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy, 37, 403-412.

Hallucination xénopathique : Chez les schizophrènes, hallucinations auditives qui prennent la forme de voix «extérieures et étrangères à soi» auxquelles les sujets parviennent difficilement à échapper.

	BREMAUD, N. (2003). Le schizophrène et la voix. Information Psychiatrique, 79, (9), 789-795.
	CHRISTAKI, A. (2005). Une approche métapsychologique de l'hallucination. Perspectives psychiatriques, 44 (2), 151-155
	BANOVIC, I., GILIBERT, D., GIMENEZ, G. et JEBRANE, A. (2009). Mise en scène et origine perçue des voix hallucinées dans des discours de patients schizophrènes. Annales Médico-psychologiques, 167 (10), 736-744.

Hallucinogène : Famille de drogues naturelles et synthétiques qui altèrent la conscience en déformant la perception spatiotemporelle (hallucination) et les processus de pensée. = drogue psychédélique. ( ): Voir tableau ci-bas. Hallucinogen.

Hallucinogènes
LSD	Marijuana	Mescaline

	JACOBS, B.L. (1987). How hallucinogenic drugs work. American Scientist, 75, 386-392.
	ABRAHAM, H.D., ALDRIDGE, A.M. & GOGIA, P. (1996). The psychopharmacology of hallucinogens. Neuropsychopharmacology, 14, 285-298.

Halpern Diane F. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine. Elle a étudié les différences sexuelles sur le plan cognitif. Présidente de l'APA en 2004. Collaboratrice de Roediger et Sternberg.

	HALPERN, D.F (1989). The disappearance of cognitive gender differences : what you see depends on where you look. American Psychologist, 44, 1156-1158.
	HALPERN, D.F. (1994). Changing college classrooms : new teaching and learning strategies for and increasingly complex world. Jossey-Bass.
	HALPERN, D.F. (1996). Thought and knowledge : An introduction to critical thinking. Mahwah, New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.
	HALPERN, D.F. (2000). Sex differences in cognitive abilities. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
	HALPERN, D. (2000). Halpern, D.F. (2004). A cognitive-process taxonomy for sex differences in cognitive abilities. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13 (4), 135-139.

Hamer Dean H. (1951-) : Biologiste et généticien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants bio-génétiques de l'orientation sexuelle. Hamer et Xq28.

	HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. & PATTATUCHI. A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers on the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science, 261, 320-326.
	LEVAY, S. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Evidence for a biological influence in male homosexuality. Sci Am., 270, 20-25.
	PATTATUCHI. A.M.L. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Development and familiality of sexual orientation in females. Behavior Genetics, 25, 407-420.
	HU. S, PATTATUCHI. A.M.L., PATTERSON, C, LI, L., FULKER, D.W., CHERNY, S.S., KRUGLYAK, L. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Linkage between sexual orientation and chromosome Xq28 in males but not in females. Nature Genetics, 11, 248-256.
	HAMER, D. & COPELAND, P. (1999). Living with our genes. New York : Doubleday.

Hamilton Gilbert Van Tassel ( ) : Psychologue américain, spécialisé en psychopathologie.

	FRANZ, S.I. & HAMILTON, G.V. (1905). The effects of exercise upon the retardation in conditions of depression. American Journal of Insanity, 62, 239-256.
	HAMILTON, G.V. (1906). Stereoscopic vision and the difference of retinal images. Harvard Psychological Studies, 2, 43-55.
	HAMILTON, G.V. (1907). An experimental study of an unusual type of reaction in a dog. Journal of Comparative Neurology and Psychology, 17 (4), 329-341.
	HAMILTON, G.V. (1911). A study of trial and error reactions in mammals. Journal of Animal Behavior, 1, 33-66.
	HAMILTON, G.V. (1925). An introduction to objective psychopathology. St. Louis : The C.V. Mosby Company.

Hamilton Max (1912-1988) : Psychiatre anglais d'origine allemande. Il est l'inventeur d'une échelle d'évaluation de la dépression encore utilisée de nos jours (Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression). Étudiant de Burt et Lewis.

	HAMILTON, M. (1960). A rating scale for depression. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 23, 56-62.
	HAMILTON, M. (1966). Assessment of change in psychiatric state by means of rating scales. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Medicine, 59 (Suppl. 1), 10-13.
	HAMILTON, M. (1967). Development of a rating scale for primary depressive illness. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 6, 278-296.
	HAMILTON, M. (1969). Standardised assessment and recording of depressive symptoms. Psychiatria, Neurologia, Neurochirurgia, 72, 201-205.
	HAMILTON, M. (1980). Rating depressive patients. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 41, 21-24.

	HEDLUND, J.L. & VIEWIG, B.W. (1979) The Hamilton rating scale for depression : a comprehensive review. Journal of Operational Psychiatry, 10,149-165.

Hamilton William D. (1936-2000) : Biologiste et évolutionniste anglais, spécialiste de l'étude de l'altruisme. Collaborateur d'Axelrod.

	HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The evolution of altruistic behavior. The American Naturalist, 97, 354-6.
	HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social behaviour I et II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 1-52.
	HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social behaviour II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 17-52.
	HAMILTON, W.D. (1967). Extraordinary sex ratios. Science, 156, 477-488.
	HAMILTON, W.D. (1972). Altruism and related phenomena, mainly in social insects. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst., 3, 193-232.

Hamster : Animal de la famille des rongeurs. Hamster.

	ROWELL, T. E. (1961). The family group in golden hamsters : its formationand breakup. Behaviour, 17, 81-94.
	SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1978). Reinforcement and the organization of behavior in golden hamsters: Punishment of three action patterns. Learning & Motivation, 9, 99-123.
	SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1978). Reinforcement and the organization of behavior in golden hamsters : Pavlovian conditioning with food and shock USs. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 4, 152-169.
	SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1978). Reinforcement and the organization of behaviour in golden hamsters : Sunflower seed and nest paper reinforcers. Animal Learning and Behaviour, 6, 352-362.
	VAUCLAIR, J. (1980). Etude ontogénétique de l'exploration chez le Hamster doré. Behaviour, 73, 205-218. [PDF]

Handicap mental : Voir Déficience intellectuelle. Retarded children.

	BIJOU, S.W. & ORLANDO, R. (1961). Rapid development of multiple-schedule performance with retarded children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4, 7-16.

Hans (Le petit...) : Hans était un patient de Freud, âgé de trois ans au moment de sa thérapie, qui avait une peur maladive des chevaux (phobie). = l'homme au cheval. Little Hans.

	WOLPE, J. & RACHMAN, S. (1960). Psychoanalytic "evidence": A critique based on Freud's case of Little Hans. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 130, 135148.
	FROMM, E. & NARVAEZ, F. (1968). The Oedipus complex : Comments on 'The case of Little Hans'. Contempory Psychoanalysis, 4, 178-187.
	LINDON, J.A. (1992). A reassessment of little Hans, his parents, and his castration complex. Journal of American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 20, 375-394.
	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). Attachment and sibling rivalry in Little Hans: The ‘phantasy of the two giraffes’ reconsidered. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 55, 821-849.
	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). Little Hans and attachment theory: Bowlby’s hypothesis reconsidered in light of new evidence from the Freud Archives. The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child. 62, 61-91.

Hansen George P. ( ) : Parapsychologue et magicien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des phénomènes parapsychologiques et des croyances en ses phénomènes.

	HANSEN, G.P. ( ). The trickster and the paranorma. Xlibris Corporation.
	HANSEN, G.P. (1992). CSICOP and the skeptics : An overview. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 86 (1), 19-63.
	HANSEN, G.P. (1992). Magicians on the paranormal : An essay and review of three books. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 86 (2), 151-185.
	HANSEN, G.P. (1990). Deception by subjects in psi research. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 84 (1), 25-80.

Haploïde : Qualifie une cellule qui ne comporte qu'un seul exemplaire de chaque paire chromosomique.

	ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.

Hardin Garrett (1915-2003) : Zoologiste et écologiste américain. Il est un des signataires du Groupe des 52.

	HARDIN, G. (1968). The tragedy of the commons. Science, 162, 1243-1248.
	HARDIN, G. (1971). Population, biology and law. Journal of Urban Law 48, 563-578.
	HARDIN, G. (1983). Is violence natural? Zygon 18, 405-413.
	HARDIN, G. (1985). Human ecology : the subversive, conservative science. American Zoologist 25, 469-476.
	HARDIN, G. (1998). Extensions of "The tragedy of the commons". Science, 280, 682-683.

Harcèlement au travail : Moqueries, humiliation, intimidation et parfois violence commises à maintes reprises par un ou des travailleurs/employés (agresseur) à l'endroit d'un autre travailleurs/employé (victime). Harassment at work, mobbing.

	EINARSEN, S. (2000). Harassment and bullying at work : A review of the Scandinavian approach. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 5 (4), 379-401.
	BEALS, K. P., PEPLA, L.A. & GABLE, S.L. (2009). Stigma management and well-being: The role of perceived social support, emotional processing, and suppression. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 35, 867-879.

Harcèlement à distance : Harcèlement exercé à distance au moyen d'un téléphone ou d'un ordinateur. = cyberharcèlement.

Harcèlement sexuel :

Harcèlement (à l'école) : Concept développé par Olweus pour désigner les moqueries, l'humiliation, l'intimidation et parfois la violence commises à maintes reprises par un ou des élèves (agresseur ou voyou = bully) à l'endroit d'un autre élève (victime).= harcèlement scolaire, violence scolaire, brimade entre élèves. Harcèlement et intimidation à l'école. Bullying.

	OLWEUS, D. (1978). Aggression in the schools. Bullies and whipping boys. Washington, D.C. : Hemisphere Press, Wiley.	PYKE, S.W. (1996). Sexual harassment and sexual intimacy in learning environments. Canadian Psychology, 37, 13-22.
	OLWEUS, D. (1984). Aggressors and their victims : Bullying at school. In N. Frude & H. Gault (Eds.), Disruptive behavior in school. New York : Wiley.	WILLIAMS, K., CHAMBERS, M., LOGAN, S. & ROBINSON, D. (1996). Association of common health symptoms with bullying in primary school children. British Medical Journal, 313, 17-19.
	CAMMAERT, L.P. (1985). How widespread is sexual harassment on campus? International Journal of Women Studies, 8, 388-397.
	OLWEUS, D. (1991). Bully/victim problems among schoolchildren : Basics facts and effects of a school based intervention program. In D. Pepler & K. Rubin (Eds.), The development and treatment of childhood aggression. Hillsdale, N.J., Erlbaum.	SALMON, G., JAMES, A. & SMITH, D.M. (1998). Bullying in schools : self reported anxiety, depression and self-esteem in secondary school children. British Medical Journal, 317, 924-925.
	OLWEUS, D. (1993). Bullying at school. Oxford : Blackwell.	OLWEUS, D. (1999). Violences entre élèves, harcèlements et brutalités. Éditions ESF.
	SMITH, P.K. & SHARP, S. (1994). School bullying : Insights and perspectives. London : Rutledge.	VIVET, P. & DEFRANCE, B. (2000). Violences scolaires. Édition Syros.
	BATSCHE, G.N. & KNOFF, H.M. (1994). Bullies and their victims : understanding a pervasive problem in the schools. School Psychology Review, 23, 165-174.	COWIE, H., NAYLORA, P., RIVERBS, I., SMITH, P.K. & PEIRAD, B. (2002). Measuring workplace bullying. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 7 (1), 33-51.
	OLWEUS, D. (1994). Bullying at school : basic facts and effects of a school based intervention program. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 1171-1190.	UNNEVER, J.D. & CORNELL, D.G. (2003). Bullying, self-control, and ADHD. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 18, 129-147.
		NESDALE, D. & SCARLETT, M. (2004). Effects of group and situational factors on pre-adolescent children's attitudes to school bullying. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 28, 428-434.

Harcourt Alexander H. ( ) : Primatologue anglais d'origine kenyienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du gorille. Collaborateur de De Waal, Fossey et Watts.

	HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. & FOSSEY, D. (1976). Male emigration and female transfer in wild mountain gorilla. Nature, 263, 226-227.
	HARCOURT, A.H. (1978). Strategies of emigration and transfer by primates with particular reference to gorillas. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 48, 401-420.
	HARCOURT, A.H. (1979). Social relationships among adult female mountain gorillas. Animal Behaviour, 27, 251-264.
	HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. (1987). The influence of help in contests on dominance rank in primates : hints from gorillas. Animal Behaviour, 35, 182-190.
	HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. & HAUSER, M. (1993). Functions of wild gorilla 'close' calls. I. Repertoire, context, and interspecific comparison. Behaviour, 124, 89-122.

Hare Brian (Atlanta 1976-) : Anthropologue et primatologue cognitiviste américain, spécialiste de la psychologie comparée et de la cognition animale, notamment chez le chien, le chimpanzé et le bonobos. Étudiant de Wrangham. Collaborateur de Call et Tomasello.

	HARE, B., CALL, J.. & TOMASELLO, M. (1998). Communication of food location between human and dog (Canis familiaris). Evolution of Communication, 2, 137-159.
	HARE, B., CALL, J., AGNETTA, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2000). Chimpanzees know what conspecifics do and do not see. Animal Behaviour, 59, 771-785.
	HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2004). Chimpanzees are more skillful in competitive than in cooperative cognitive tasks. Animal Behaviour, 68, 571-81.
	HARE, B., MELIS, A.P., WOODS, V., HASTINGS, S. & WRANGHAM, R. (2007). Tolerance allows bonobos to outperform chimpanzees on a cooperative task. Current Biology, 17, 619–623.
	HARE, B. & KWETUENDA, S. (2010). Bonobos voluntarily share their own food with others. Current Biology, 20, 230-231. [PDF]

Hare Robert D. ( ) : Psychologue américain spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des psychopathes.

	HARE, R.D. & QUINN, M.J. (1971). Psychopathy and Autonomic Conditioning. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 77, 223-235.
	HARE, R.D., McPHERSON, L.M. & FORTH, A.E. (1988). Male psychopaths and their criminal careers. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 710-714.
	HARE, R.D. (1995). Psychopaths : New trends in research. Harvard Mental Health Letter, 12 (3), 4-5.
	HARE, R.D. & NEUMANN, C.S. (2005). Structural models of psychopathy. Current Psychiatry Reports, 7 (1), 57-64.
	HARE, R.D. & NEUMANN, C.S. (2008). Psychopathy as a clinical and empirical construct. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 4, 217-246. [PDF]

Harlow Harry F. (1905-1981) : Psychologue et primatologue américain spécialisé dans la psychologie comparative (humain-singe) et dans l'étude du développement et de l'attachement. Président de l'APA en 1958.

No 26	HARLOW H.F. (1949). The formation of learning sets. Psychological Review, 56, 51-65.
	HARLOW H.F. (1959). Love in infant monkeys. Scientific American, 200 (6), 68-74.
	HARLOW H.F. & ZIMMERMANN, R.R. (1959). Affectional responses in the infant monkey. Science, 130, 421-432.
	HARLOW, H.F. & KUENNE, M. (1962).Social deprivation in monkeys. Scientific American, 207, 136-146.
	HARLOW H.F., HARLOW, M.K. & SUOMI, S.J. (1971). From thought to therapy : Lessons from the primate laboratory. American Scientist, 59 (5), 538-549.

Harnad Stevan ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine hongroise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la catégorisation et de la conscience.

	HARNAD, S. (2001). Explaining the mind : Problems, problems. The Sciences, 41 (2), 36-43.
	HARNAD, S. (2002). Darwin, Skinner, Turing and the mind. Magyar Pszichologiai Zsemle, 57 (4), 521-528.
	HARNAD, S. (2003). Can a machine be conscious? How? Journal of Consciousness Studies, 10 (4-4), 69-75.
	HARNAD, S. (2005). Distributed processes, distributed cognizers and collaborative cognition. Pragmatics & Cognition, 13 (3). 501-514.
	HARNAD, S. & DROR, I. (2006). Distributed cognition : Cognizing, autonomy and the Turing test. Pragmatics & Cognition, 14 (2), 209-213.

Harré Rom H. ( ) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste des méthodes qualitatives. Chef de file du socioconstructivisme. Collaborateur de Margolis et Moghaddam.

	HARRÉ, R. (1960). An introduction to the logic of the sciences. New York : St. Martin's Press.
	HARRÉ, R. (1983). Personal being : A theory for a corporal psychology. Oxford : Blackwell.
	HARRÉ, R. & FINLAY-JONES R. (1986). Emotion talk across times. In R. Harré (Ed.), The social construction of emotions (pp. 220-223). Oxford : Basil Blackwell.
	HARRÉ, R. (1991). Physical being : a theory for a corporal psychology. Oxford : Blackwell.
	HARRÉ, R. (1993). Social being : a theory for a social psychology. Oxford : Blackwell.

Harrington F.H. ( ) : Éthologiste et zoologiste canadien spécialisé dans l'étude comportement des canidés, notamment des loups. Collaborateur de Fentress et Mech.

	HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, D.L. (1979). Wolf howling and its role in territory maintenance. Behaviour, 68, 207-249.
	HARRINGTON, F.H. (1981). Urine-marking and caching behavior in the wolf. Behaviour, 76, 280-288.
	HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, L.D. (1983). Wolf pack spacing : howling as a territory-independent spacing mechanism in a territorial population. Behavior, Ecology, and Sociobiology, 13, 19-26.
	HARRINGTON, F.H, RYON, J. & FENTRESS, J.C. (1987). Multiple or extended estrus in a coyote (Canis latrans). American Midland Naturalist, 117, 218-220.
	HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, L.D. (1989). Chorus howling by wolves : Acoustic structure, pack size, and the beau geste effect. Bioacoustics, 2, 117-136.

Harris Marvin (Brooklyn New York 1927-2001 Gainesville États-Unis) : Anthropologue américain et chef de file du matérialisme culturel.

	HARRIS, M. (1964). The nature of cultural things. New York : Random House.
	HARRIS, M. (1964). Cannibals and kings : The origins of cultures. New York : Random House.
	HARRIS, M. (1979). Cultural materialism. New York : Random House : Random House.
	HARRIS, M. (1981). America now : The anthropology of a changing culture . New York : Random House.
	HARRIS, M. (1983). Culture anthropology. New York : Harper and Row.

	VARGAS, E.A. (1985). Cultural contingencies : A review of Marvin Harris’s Cannibals and Kings. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43, 419-428. [PDF]

Harris John P. ( ) : Neuropsychologue anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la vision, de la perception et des illusions. Collaborateur de Gregory.

	HARRIS, J.P. & GREGORY, R.L. (1973). Fusion and rivalry of illusory contours. Perception, 2, 235-247.
	HARRIS, J.P. & GREGORY, R.L. (l981). Tests of the hallucinations of 'Ruth'. Perception, 10, 351- 354.
	HARRIS, J.P., CLAVERT, J.E. & LEENDERTZ, J.A. & PHILLIPSON, O.T. (1990). The influence of dopamine on spatial vision. Eye, 4, 806-812.
	GREGORY, R.L.,, HARRIS, J.P., HEARD, P.F. & ROSE, D. (1995.) The artful eye. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
	HARRIS, J.P., ATKINSON, E.A., LEE, A.C., NITHI, K. & FOWLER, M. S. (2003). Hemispace differences in the visual perception of size in left hemi-Parkinson's disease. Neuropsychologia, 41 (7), 795-807.

	.

Harris Sam ( ) : Neuropsychologue et philosophe américain, spécialiste des religions, des croyances et de l'athéisime. Collaborateur de Cohen.

	HARRIS, S. (2005). End of faith : Religion, terror, and the future of reason. Penguin.
	HARRIS, S. (2006). Science must destroy religion. In J. Brockman (Ed.), What is your dangerous idea? New York : Simon and Schuster.
	HARRIS, S. KAPLAN, J.T., CURIEL, A., BOOKHEIMER, S.Y., IACOBONIi, M. & COHEN, M.S. (2009). The neural correlates of religious and nonreligious belief. PLoS ONE 4 (10): e7272.
	DOUGLAS, P.K., HARRIS, S., YUILLE, A., & COHEN, M S. (2011). Performance comparison of machine learning algorithms and number of independent components used in fMRI decoding of belief vs. disbelief. Neuroimage, 56 (2), 544-553.
	HARRIS, S. (2011). The moral landscape : How science can determine human values. Free Press.

Harris Zelig S. (Balta Ukraine 1909-1992) : Linguiste structuraliste et cognitivisme américain. Professeur de Chomsky.

	HARRIS, Z. (1951). Methods in structural linguistics. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
	HARRIS, Z. (1957). Co-occurrence and transformation in linguistic structure. Language 33 (3), 283-340.
	HARRIS, Z. (1982). A grammar of english on mathematical principles. New York, NY : John Wiley & Sons.
	HARRIS, Z. (1989). The form of information in science : Analysis of an immunology sub-language. Dordrecht, The Netherlands : Kluwer Academic Publishers.
	HARRIS, Z. (1991). A theory of language and Information : A mathematical approach. Oxford & New York : Clarendon Press.

Harrow Martin ( ) : Psychiatre américain spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de la schizophrénie. Collaborateur de Grossman.

	HARROW, M., RAPPOLE, K., SANDS, J., JOBE, T. & MARTIN, E. (1997). Is thought disorder in schizophrenia a function of loss of context and impaired working memory? Schizophrenia Research, 24, 132, 879-891.
	HARROW, M., GREEN, K.E., SANDS, J.R., JOBE, T.H. ,KOLDBERG, J.F., KAPLAN, K.J. & MARTIN, E.M. (2000). Thought disorder in schizophrenia and mania : Impaired contex. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 26 (4), 879-891. [PDF]
	HARROW, M., GROSSMAN, L., HERBENER, E. & DAVIS, E. (2000). Ten-year outcome: Patients with schizoaffective disorders, schizophrenia, affective disorders and mood-incongruent psychotic symptoms. British Journal of Psychiatry, 177, 42-426.
	HARROW, M., GROSSMAN, L., JOBE, T.H., HERBENER, E. (2005) Do patients with schizophrenia ever show periods of recovery? A 15 year multi-followup study. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 31, 723-734.
	HARROW, M. & JOBE, T.H. (2007). Factors involved in outcome and recovery in schizophrenia patients not on antipsychotic medications : A 15-year multifollow-up study. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 195 (5), 406-414. [PDF]

Hart Betty M. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américaine et spécialiste de l'apprentissage des comportements verbaux (langage et vocabulaire). Avec Risley, elle est l'auteure d'une recherche longitudinale sur l'influence du milieu socio-économique sur l'acquisition du langage et le développement du vocabulaire chez les jeunes enfants. Collaboratrice de Baer, Todd et Risley.

	HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1968). Establishing use of descriptive adjectives in the spontaneous speech of disadvantaged preschool children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (2), 109-120. [PDF]
	HART, B.M., REYNOLDS, N.J., BAER, D.M., BRAWLEY, F.R. & HARRIS, F.R. (1968). Effect of contingent and non-contingent social reinforcement on the cooperative play of a preschool child. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1, 73-76. [PDF]
	HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1975). Incidental teaching of language in the preschool. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8, 411-420. [PDF]
	HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1995). Meaningful differences in the everyday experience of young american children. Baltimore : P.H. Brookes Publishing Co.
	HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1999). The social world of children learning to talk. Baltimore : Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co.

Hartley David (Halifax 1705-1757 Bath) : Philosophe associationiste anglais.

	HARTLEY, D. (1749). Observations on man, his frame, his duty, and his expectations. Bath : Leake and Frederick.

	WADE, N.J. (2005). The persisting vision of David Hartley (1705-1757). Perception, 34, 1-6. [PDF]

Hartmann Heinz (Vienne Autriche 1894-1970 Stony Point New York) : Psychanalyste américain et père de la psychologie du moi. Il a été analysé par Rado et analysé de Natch. Collaborateur de Kris et Loewenstein.

	HARTMANN, H. (1939). Psycho-analysis and the concept of health. Int. J. Psycho-Anal., 20, 308-321.
	HARTMANN, H.H., KRIS, E. & LOEWENSTEIN, R.M. (1949). Notes on the theory of aggression. Psychoanal. St. Child, 3, 9-36.
	HARTMANN, H. (1950). Psychoanalysis and developmental psychology. Psychoanal. St. Child, 5, 7-17.
	HARTMANN, H. (1958). Comments on the scientific aspects of psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. St. Child, 13, 127-146.
	HARTMANN, H. (1968). La psychologie du moi et le problème de l'adaptation. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Harvard Educational Review : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Harvard Education Publishinng Group.

MOWRER, O.H. (1947). On the dual nature of learning : A re-interpretation of "conditioning" and "problem-solving." Harvard Educational Review, 17, 102-148.

Harvard Review of Psychiatry : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Harvard Education Publishinng Group.

GOLDMAN, H.H. (1998). Deinstitutionalization and community care : Social welfare policy as mental health policy. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 6, 219-222.

Harzem Peter (Istanbul 1930-2008 Auburn) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain d'origine turque. Étudiant de Schoenfeld. Collaborateur de Lattal et Zeiler.

	HARZEM, P. & MILES, T.R. (1978). Conceptual issues in operant psychology. Chichester, England : Wiley.
	HARZEM, P. (Ed.) (1981). Prediction, correlation, and contiguity. New York : Wiley.
	ZEILER, M.D. & HARZEM, P. (Eds.) (1983). Biological factors in learning. New York : Wiley.
	ZEILER, M.D. & HARZEM, P. (1991). Reinforcement and the organization of behaviour. New York : Wiley.
	HARZEM, P. (2007). A brief history of knowledge : Science and non-science in the understanding of human nature. In E. Ribes-Inesta, & J.E. Burgos (Eds.), Knowledge, cognition, and behavior: Proceedings of the 9th Biannual Symposium on the Science of Behavior (pp. 11- 30). Guadalajara, Mexico : Universidad de Guadalajara.

Hasard : Selon Cournot, le hasard est la convergence dans le temps et dans l'espace de deux séries causales indépendantes (EX: Une pomme tombe (première série) sur votre tête (événement hasardeux) tête au moment où vous passez sous un arbre (seconde série). Pour certains théoriciens, il s'agit ici d'une coïncidence, et non du hasard. Dans certaines théories, le hasard désigne également l'absence de cause (théories stochastiques) ou l'ignorance des causes réelles d'un phénomène (théorie implicite de la personnalité ou de la nature). En statistique, le hasard désigne l'incapacité de prédire un événement particulier, événement que l'on peut par ailleurs reproduire à l'infini (EX: Les forces qui s'exercent sur les faces d'un dé parfait sont en principe identiques pour chacune des faces, donc ces forces s'annulent lorsque le dé est jeté, laissant ainsi au hasard «le soin» de déterminer sur quelle face tombera le dé). Hasard et nombre aléatoire. = aléatoire ou probabiliste. Random.

	PIAGET, J. (1950). Une expérience sur la psychologie du hasard chez l'enfant : le tirage au sort des couples. Acta psychologica, 7 (2/4), 321-336.	BAYER, D. & DIACONIS, P. (1992). Trailing the dovetail shuffle to its lai. Annals of Applied Probability, 2, 294-313. [PDF]
	INHELDER, B. et PIAGET, J. (1951/74). Genèse de l'idée du hasard chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	TAILLEFER, A. et LADOUCEUR, R. (2002). Les loteries télévisées, leur contenu et la notion de hasard. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 23, 5-16.
	BADDELEY, A.D. (1966). The capacity for generating information by randomization. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 18, 119-129.	DIACONIS, P. (2005). What is ... a Random Matrix? Notices of the American Mathematical Society, 52, 1348-1349.
	NEURINGER, A. (1970). Can people behave randomly ? : The role of feedback. Journal of Exprerimental Psychology, 115, 62-75.	GAUVRIT, N. (2007). Vous avez dit hasard ? Entre mathématiques et psychologie. Belin.
	MARTIN, B. (1998). Coïncidences : Remarkable or random? Skeptical Inquirer, 22 (5), 23-28.

Hasard (Distribuer les sujets d'une recherche au...) : Stratégie de contrôle développée par Fisher, qui consiste à répartir dans les groupes expérimentaux et de contrôle les sujets de l'échantillon afin d'obtenir des groupes équivalents, et ainsi neutraliser les effets nuisibles et contaminants des variables parasites connues et inconnues. Cette procédure permet d'accroître la validité interne de la recherche et des essais cliniques. = deuxième moment du hasard, assignation ou répartition aléatoire, répartition au hasard, randomiser (= anglicisme). Randomization, random assignment, randomized controlled trial.

	KENDALL M.G. & SMITH, B. (1938). Randomness and random sampling numbers. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 101 (1), 147-166.	AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SCHWALM, D.E., CARROLL, J.L. & HSIUNG, S. (1998). Comparison of a randomized and two quasi-experimental designs in a single outcome evaluation : Efficacy of a university-level remedial writing program. Evaluation Review, 22, 207-244.
	WALD, A. & WOLFOWITZ, J. (1951). Two methods of randomization in statistics and the theory of games. The Annals of Mathematics, 53 (3), 581-86.
	RUBIN, D.B. (1974). Estimating causal effects of treatments in randomized and nonrandomized studies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 66, 688-701.	KUNZ, R. & OXMAN A.D. (1998). The unpredictability paradox : review of empirical comparisons of randomised and non-randomised clinical trials. British Medical Journal, 317, 1185-90.
	EDGINGTON, E.S. (1975). Randomization tests for onesubject operant experiments. The Journal of Psychology, 90
	BAER, D.M. (1993). Quasi-random assignment can be as convincing as random assigment. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 97, 373-374.	DEHUE, T. (2001). Establishing the experimenting society. The historical origination of social experimentation according to the randomized controlled design. American Journal of Psychology, 114, (2), 283-302.
	MYNORS-WALLACE, L.M., GATH, D.H., LLOYD-TTHOMAS, A.R. & TOMLISON, D. (1995). Randomized controlled trial comparing problem solving treatment with amitripty-line and placebo for major depression in primary care. British Medical Journal, 310, 441-445.	DEHUE, T. (2002). A dutch treat. Randomized controlled experimentation and the case of heroin-maintenance in the Netherlands. History of the Human Sciences, 15, (2), 75-98.
	CLARKE, G.N., HAWKINS, W., MURPHY, M., SHEEBER, L.B., LEWINSHON, P.M. & SEELY, J.R. (1995). Targeted prevention of unipolar depressive disorder in an at-risk sample of high school adolescents : A randomized trial of a group cognitive intervention. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 312-321.	DEVEREAUX, P.J. & YUSUF, S. (2003). The evolution of the randomized controlled trial and its role in evidence-based decision making. Journal of Internal Medicine, 254, 105-113.
	EDGINGTON, E.S. (1995). Randomization tests. New York : Marcel-Dekker.	SOFRONOFF, K, ATTWOOD, T. & HINTON, S. (2005). A randomised controlled trial of a CBT intervention for anxiety in children with Asperger syndrome. Journal of Child Psycholoy & Psychiatry, 46 (11), 1152-1160.
	SHADISH, W.R. & RAGSDALE, K. (1996). Random versus nonrandom assignment in controlled experiments : Do you get the same answer? Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64 (6), 1290-1305.	BOLTON, D. (2008). The epistemology of randomized, controlled trials and application in psychiatry. Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 15 (2), 159-165.
	DEHUE, T. (1997). Deception, efficiency, and random groups : Psychology and the gradual origination of the random group design. Isis, 88 (4), 653-673.	SHADISH, W.R., CLARK, M.H., & STEINER, P.M. (2008). Can nonrandomized experiments yield accurate answers? A randomized experiment comparing random to nonrandom assignment. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 103, 1334-1343.

Hasard (Les deux moments du...) : Dans une recherche expérimentale, le hasard peut intervenir à deux moments distincts et indépendants l'un de l'autre : 1) les sujets d'une recherche peuvent être choisis au hasard (échantillonnage probabiliste), ce qui accroît la validité externe d'une recherche; 2) les sujets peuvent être distribués au hasard dans les x groupes expérimentaux ou contrôle de l'expérience ou de la quasi-expérience, ce qui favorise l'équivalence des groupes et permet ainsi d'augmenter la validité interne de la recherche et de ses conclusions. = les deux temps du hasard, aléatorisation.

Hasard (Perception du...) :

	GILOVITCH, T., VALLONE, R. & TVERSKY, A. (1985). The hot hand in basketball : On the misperception of random sequences. Cognitive Psychology, 17, 295-314.

Haslam S. Alex ( ) : Psychologue social et organisationnel anglais, spécialiste de l'étude des stéréotypes, des organisations et de la tyranie qui découle de l'asymétrie du pouvoir. Collaborateur de McGarty, Oakes et Reicher, Reynolds et Turner.

	HASLAM, S.A., TURNER, J.C., OAKES, P.J., McGARTY, C. & HAYES, B.K. (1992). Context-dependent variation in social stereotyping 1 : The effects of intergroup relations as mediated by social change and frame of reference. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22 (1), 3-20.
	HASLAM, S.A., POSTMES, T. & ELLEMERS, N. (2003). More than a metaphor : Organizational identity makes organizational life possible. British Journal of Management, 14, 357-369.
	HASLAM, S.A. (2004). Psychology in organizations : The social identity approach. London : Sage.
	HASLAM, S.A. & REICHER S.D. (2007). Beyond the banality of evil : Three dynamics of an interactionist social psychology of tyranny. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 33, 615-622.
	HASLAM, S.A. & REICHER S.D. (2008). Questioning the banality of evil. Psychologist, 21, 16-19.

Hastorf Albert H. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisée dans l'étude de la perception sociale. Collaborateur de Jones et Markus.

	HASTORF, A.H. & CANTRIL, H. (1954). They saw a game : A case study. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 49, 129-134.
	HASTORF, A.H. (1957). Emmert's law and size-constancy. American Journal of Psychology, 70, (1), 114-116.
	HASTORF, A.H. (1970). Person Perception : Topics in social psychology. Addison-Wesley Educational Publishers Inc.
	HASTORF, A.H. & ISEN A.M. (1981). Cognitive social psychology. Elsevier Science Ltd;
	JONES, E.E., FARINA, A., HASTORF, H.A., MARKUS, H., MILLER, D.T., SCOTT, R.A. & FRENCH, R.S. (1984). Socials stigma : The psychology of marked relationships. New York : W.H. Freeman and Company.

Hatfield Elaine C. ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'attraction interpersonnelle, des relations de couple et de l'amour. Étudiante de Festinger. Collaboratrice d'Aronson, Berscheid, Cacioppo et Hsee.

	BERSCHEID, E. & HATFIELD, E. (1969). Interpersonal attraction. New York : Addison-Wesley.
	BERSCHEID, E. & HATFIELD, E. (1974). Physical attractiveness. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 7, pp. 158-216). New York : Academic Press.
	HATFIELD, E., CACIOPPO, J.T. & RAPSON, R.L. (1994). Emotional contagion. Cambridge University Press.
	HATFIELD, E. HSEE, C.K., COSTELLO, J., WEISMAN, M.S. & DENNEY, C. (1995). The impact of vocal feedback on emotional experience and expression. Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 10 (2), 293-313. [PDF]
	HATFIELD, E. & RAPSON, R.L. (2005). Social justice and the clash of cultures. Psychological Inquiry, 16 (4), 172-175.

Haugeland John (1945-) : Philosophe cognitif américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence artificielle.

	HAUGELAND, J. (1985). Artificial intelligence : The very idea. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
	HAUGELAND, J. (1987). Computation and cognition : Toward a foundation for cognitive Science by Zenon W. Pylyshyn. Philosophy of Science, 54 (2), 309-311.
	HAUGELAND, J. (1987). The nature and plausibility of cognitivism. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design. Cambridge : MIT Press.
	HAUGELAND, J. (1987). Semantic engines : an introduction to mind design. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design. Cambridge Mass. : MIT Press.
	HAUGELAND, J. (1998). Having thought : Essays in the metaphysics of mind. Harvard : Harvard University Press.

Hauser Marc D. (1959-) : Biologiste américain, psychologue évolutionniste et cognitiviste américain. Collaborateur de Allen, Chomsky, Fitch et Premack.

	ALLEN, C. & HAUSER, M.D. (1993). Communication and cognition : Is information the connection? Philosophy of Science Association, 2, 81-91.
	HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.
	HAUSER, M.D. & FITCH, W.T. (2003). What are the uniquely human components of the language faculty? In M.H. Christiansen & S. Kirby (Eds.), Language evolution : The states of the art. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
	STEVENS, J.R. & HAUSER, M.D. (2004). Why be nice? Psychological constraints on the evolution of cooperation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8, 60-65.
	HAUSER, M.D. (2009). The possibility of impossible cultures. Nature, 460, 190-196.

Hausfater Glenn ( ) : Primatologue et spécialiste des babouins. Collaborateur d'Altmann et Hrdy.

	HAUSFATER, G. (1975). Knuckle walking by a baboon. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 43, 303-305.
	HAUSFATER, G. (1976). Predatory behavior of yellow baboons. Behaviour, 56, 44-68.
	HAUSFATER, G. & WATSON, D.F. (1976). Social and reproductive correlates of parasite ova emissions by baboons. Nature, 262, 688-689.
	HAUSFATER, G. & TAKACS, D. (1987). Structure and function of hindquarter presentations in yellow baboons (Papio cynocephalus ). Ethology, 74, 297-319.
	HAUSFATER, G., CAIRNS, S.J. & LEVIN, R.N. (1987). Variability and stability in the rank relations of nonhuman primate females : analysis of computer simulation. American Journal of Primatology, 12, 55-70.

Hayek Friedrich August von (Vienne 1899-1992) : Économiste et psychologue américain d'origine autrichienne. Prix Nobel d'économie en 1974 et chef de file de l'École autrichienne. Étudiant de Mises.

	HAYEK, F.A. (1937). Economics and knowledge. Economica, 4, 33-54.
	HAYEK, F.V. (1941). The pure theory of capital. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
	HAYEK, F.A (1953). Scientisme et sciences sociale. Paris : Plon.
	HAYEK, F.V. (1976). The constitution of liberty. Routledge.

Hayes Adele M. ( ) : Psychologue américaine, spécialisé dans l'étude des thérapies. Collaborateur de Goldfried.

	HAYES, A.M. & FELDMAN, G. (2004). Clarifying the construct of mindfulness in the context of emotion regulation and the process of change in therapy. Clinical Psychology : Science and Practice, 11 (3), 255-262.
	HAYES, A.M. (1996). Dynamic systems theory as a paradigm for the study of change in psychotherapies for depression. Constructive Change, 1, 9-12.

Hayes Cathy ( ) : Primatologue américaine. En collaboration avec Hayes, Elle a dressé un singe, Viki. Collaboratrice de Hayes.

	HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1951). The intellectual development of a home-raised chimpanzee. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 95 (2), 105-109.
	HAYES, C. (1951). The ape in our house. Harper & Brothers.
	HAYES, C. (1953). Viki et nous. Paris : Hachette.
	HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1955). The cultural capacity of chimpanzee. In J.A. Gavan (Ed.), The non-human primates and human evolution (pp. 110-125). Detroit : Wayne University Press.

Hayes Keith J. ( ) : Primatologue américain. En collaboration avec Hayes, il a dressé un singe, Viki. Collaborateur de Hayes.

	HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1951). The intellectual development of a home-raised chimpanzee. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 95 (2), 105-109.
	HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1955). The cultural capacity of chimpanzee. In J.A. Gavan (Ed.), The non-human primates and human evolution (pp. 110-125). Detroit : Wayne University Press.
	HAYES, K.J. & NISSEN, C.H. (1971). Higher mental functions of a home-raised chimpanzee. In A.M. Schrier & F. Stollnitz (Eds.), Behavior of nonhuman primates (pp. 59-115). New York : Academic Press.

Hayes Linda J. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américaine. = L.J. Parrott. Collaborateur de Chase, Hayes et O'Donohue.

	HAYES, L.J. (1992). The psychological present. Behavior Analyst, 15, 139-145.
	HAYES, S.C. & HAYES, L.J. (1992). Verbal relations and the evolution of behavior analysis. American Psychologist, 47, 1383-1395.
	HAYES, S.C. & HAYES, L.J. (1992). Understanding verbal relations. Reno, NV : Context Press.
	HAYES, L.J. (1998). Remembering as a psychological event. Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical Psychology, 18, 135-143.
	HAYES, L.J., AUSTIN, J., HOUMANFAR, R. & CLAYTON, M.C. (Eds.) (2001). Organizational change. Reno, NV : Context Press.

Hayes Steven C. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des règles de contingence et père de la thérapie de l'acceptation et de l'engagement. Collaborateur d'Antonuccio, Barlow, Dixon, Dougher, Hayes, Gaudiano, Kohlenberg, O'Donohue, Roemer, Tsai,Wilson et Zettle.

	HAYES, S.C., JONHSON, V.S. & CONE, J.D. (1975). The marked item technique : A practical procedure for liter control. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8, 381-386. [PDF]
	HAYES, S.C., BROWNSTEIN, A.M., HAAS, J.R. & GREENWAY D.E. (1986). Instructions, multiples chedules, and extinction : Distinguishing rule-governed from schedule- controlled behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 46, 137-147. [PDF]
	HAYES, S.C. & HAYES, L.J. (1992). Verbal relations and the evolution of behavior analysis. American Psychologist, 47, 1383-1395.
	HAYES, S.C., O'DONOHUE, W.T. & FISHER, J.E. (2003). Cognitive behavior therapy : Applying empirically supported techniques in your practice. Wiley.
	HAYES, S.C., STROSAHL, K. & WILSON, K.G. (2003). Acceptance and commitment therapy : an experiential approach to behavior change. New York : Guilford Press.

Hazan Cyndy ( ) : Psychologue écologiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'amour et de l'attachement chez l'adulte.Collaboratrice de Diamond et Shaver.

	HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1987). Romantic love conceptualized as an attachment process. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 511-524.
	HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1990). Love and work : An attachment-theoretical perspective. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 59, 270-280.
	HAZAN, C. & ZEIFMAN, D. (1999). Pair bonds as attachments : Evaluating the evidence. In J. Cassidy & P. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment theory and research. (pp. 336-354). New York : Guilford Press.
	HAZAN, C. & DIAMOND, L.M. (2000). The place of attachment in human mating. Review of General Psychology, 4, 186-204.
	HAZAN, C., CAMPA, M. & GUR-YAISH, N. (2006). What is adult attachment? In M. Mikulincer & G.S. Goodman (Eds.), Dynamics of romantic love : Attachment, caregiving, and sex (pp. 47-70). New York : Guilford Press.

Head sir Henry (Londres 1861-1940) : Médecin et physiologiste anglais. Il est surtout connu pour ses travaux sur la sensation. Collaborateur de Sherrington.

	HEAD, H. (1920). Aphasia and kindred disorders of speech. Mind, 87-165.

Head start : Voir Projet Head Start.

Health Care for Women International : Revue scientifique. multidisciplianaire qui consacre ses pages aux femmes. Éditeur : Oxford Journals.

RICHMAN, J. & JASON, L. (2000). Feminist perspectives on the social construction of chronic fatigue syndrome. Health Care for Women International, 21, 173-185.

Health Economic : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Oxford Journals.

FLETCHER, J.M. (2010). Social interactions and smoking : Evidence using multiple student cohorts, instrumental variables, and school fixed effects. Health Economics, 19 (4), 466-484.

Health Education Research : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Oxford Journals.

JESSOR, R. (1990). Road safety and health behavior : Some lessons for research and intervention. Health Education Research, 5, 281-283.

Health Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologiequi consacre ses pages à la santé physique et mentale. Éditeur : APA.

WHALEN, C.K., JAMNER, L.D., HENKER, B. & DELFINO, R.J. (2001). Smoking and moods in adolescents with depressive and aggressive dispositions : Evidence from surveys and electronic diaries. Health Psychology, 20, 99-111.

Health Psychology Review : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à la santé physique et mentale. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.

Healy David (Dublin-) : Psychiatre irlandais, spécialiste et critique des thérapies médicamenteuses, notamment du Prozac. Collaborateur de Shorter.

	HEALY, D. (1994). The fluoxetine and suicide controversy. CNS Drugs 1, 252-254.
	HEALY, D. (1997/2002). The antidepressant era. Cambridge : Harvard University Press /Le temps de la dépression. Paris : Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond.
	HEALY, D. (2002). The creation of psychopharmacology. Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
	HEALY, D. (2003). Lines of evidence on the risks of suicide with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatic, 72, 71-79.
	HEALY, D. (2004). Let them eat prozac : The unhealthy relationship between the pharmaceutical industry and depression. New York : New York University Press.

Hearst Eliot S. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste des échecs. Étudiant de Schoenfeld. Collaborateur de Cumming.

	HEARST, E. & POPPEN, R. (1965). Steepened generalization gradients after massed extinction to the CS. Psychonomic Science, 2, 83-84.
	HEARST, E. (1968). Discrimination learning as the summation of excitation and inhibition. Science, 162, 1303-1306.
	HEARST, E., BESLEY, S. & FARTHING, G. (1970). Inhibition and the stimulus control of operant behavior. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 14 (3), 373-409. [PDF]
	HEARST, E.S. (1988). Fundamentals of learning and conditioning. In R.C. Atkinson, R.J. Herrnstein, G. Lindzey & R.D. Luce (Eds.), Stevens’ handbook of experimental psychology, Vol. 2: Learning and cognition (pp. 3–109). Oxford, England : John Wiley & Sons.
	HEARST, E. & KNOTT, J. (2008). Blindfold chess : History, psychology, techniques, champions, world records, and important games. Jefferson, NC: McFarland.

	MECHNER, F. (2010). Chess as a behavioral model for cognitive skill research : review of blindfold chess by Eliot Hearst and John Knott. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94, 373–386. [PDF]

Hébéphrénie : Voir Schizophrénie hébéphrénique.

Hébéphréno-catatonie : Type de schizophrénie dans laquelle les symptômes catatoniques figurent au premier plan.

Hebb Donald Olding (Chester Nouvelle-Écosse Canada 1904-1985 Halifax Canada) : Psychologue canadien. L'un des pères de la psychobiologie cognitive (aujourd'hui neurocognition). Président de l'APA en 1960. Professeur de Bindra, Milner, Melzack et Olds.

No 19	HEBB, D.O. (1949). The organization of behavior : A neuropsychological theory. New York : Wiley.
	HEBB, D.O. (1953). Heredity and environment in mammalian behavior. British Journal of Animal Behavior, 1, 43-47.
	HEBB, D.O. (1959). A neuropsychological theory. In S. Koch (Ed.), Psychology : A study of a science (Vol. 1). New York : McGraw-Hill.
	HEBB D.O. (1968). Concerning imagery. Psychological Review, 75, 466-477.
	HEBB, D.O. (1980). Essay on mind. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.

Hécaen Henry (Brest 1912-1983 Paris) : Médecin français et pionnier de la neuropsychologie, spécialisé dans l'étude des aphasies, des troubles du langage et de la latéralisation du cerveau. Collaborateur de Ajuriaguerra et Lantéri-Laura.

	AJURIAGUERRA, J. De & HÉCAEN, H. (1949). Le cortex cérébral, étude neuro-psycho-pathologique. Paris : Masson.
	HÉCAEN, H. & LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1977). Évolution des connaissances et des doctrines sur les localisations cérébrales. Paris : Desdée de Bronwer.
	HÉCAEN, H. (Dir.) (1978). La dominance cérébrale; une anthologie. F, Mouton & Co : Paris.
	HÉCAEN, H. & ALBERT, M.L. (1978). Human neuropsychology. New York : John Wiley & Sons.
	HÉCAEN, H. (1984). Les gauchers : étude neuropsychologique. Paris : Preesses Universitaires de France.

Hecker Ewald (1843-1909) : Psychiatre allemand et l'un des pères de la nosologie psychiatrique. Avec Karlbaum, il fut le premier à décrire les formes de ce que nous appelons de nos jours la schizophrénie (cyclothymique, catatonique, paranoïque et hébéphrénique). Étudiant de Karlbaum.

Hedonisme : Doctrine philosophique qui considère le plaisir comme un principe ou un but essentiel de l'existence. Hedonism.

	RACHLIN, H. & HERRNSTEIN,R.J. (1969). Hedonism revisited : On the negative law of effect. In B. Campbell and R.M. Church (Eds.), Punishment and aversive behavior. New York : Appleton-Century-Croft

Hedges Larry V. ( ) : Statisticien et méthodologiste américain, spécialiste de l'éducation et de la méta-analyse. Collaborateur de Bushman et Olkin et Shadish.

	HEDGES, L. (1982). Estimation of effect size from a series of independent experiments. Psychological Bulletin, 7, 119-137.
	HEDGES, L. & OLKIN, I. (1985). Statistical methods for meta-analysis. New York : Academic Press.
	HEDGES, L.V. & PIGOTT, T.D. (2004). The power of statistical tests for moderators in meta-analysis. Psychological Methods, 9, 426-445.
	NYE, B., HEDGES, L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2004). How large are teacher effects? Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 26, 237-57.
	HEDGES, L.V. & VEVEA, J. (2005). Selection model approaches to publication bias. In H. Rothstein, A. Sutton & M. Borenstein (Eds.), Publication bias in meta-analysis. New York : John Wiley.

Hegel Georg Friedrich Wilhelm (Stuttgart 1770-1831) : Philosophe idéaliste allemand. Il a développé la dialectique, une méthode de raisonnement. Professeur de Feuebach.

	HEGEL, G.F.W. (1801). Différence entre les systèmes de Fichte et Schelling.
	HEGEL, G.F.W. (1807). La phénoménologie de l'esprit.
	HEGEL, G.F.W. (1812/16). La science de la logique/L’Être.
	HEGEL, G.F.W. (1813). La doctrine de l’essence / La Science de la logique.
	HEGEL, G.F.W. (1816). Science de la logique subjective, ou doctrine du concept.

Heidegger Martin (Messkirch 1889-1976) : Philosophe idéaliste allemand et figure de proue de la phénoménologie. Étudiant de Husserl et professeur d'Arendt, Gadamer et Marcuse.

	HEIDEGGER, M. (1927/62). Being and time. New York : Harper & Row.
	HEIDEGGER, M. (1953). Kant et le problème de la métaphysique. Paris : Gallimard.
	HEIDEGGER, M. (1954/58). Essais et conférences. Paris : Gallimard.
	HEIDEGGER, M. (1957/64). Lettre sur l'humanisme. Paris : Aubier-Montaigne.
	HEIDEGGER, M. (1959/76). Acheminement vers la parole. Paris : Gallimard.

Heidbreder Edna (Quincy États-Unis 1890-1985) : Psychométricienne américaine et historienne de la psychologie. Elle s'intéresse au rôle des femmes en psychologie.

	HEIDBREDER, E. (1933/61/77/83). Seven psychologies. New York/London : Appleton-Century-Crofts.
	HEIDBREDER, E. (1947). The attainment of concepts. The Journal of Psychology, 24, 93-138.
	HEIDBREBER, E. (1947). Mary Whiton Calkins : A discussion. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 8, 56-68.

Heider Fritz (1896-1988) : Psychosociologue américain. Il a proposé une théorie de la perception (balance theory) et développé l'une des toute premières théories de l'attribution. Étudiant de Meinong. Collaborateur de Bruner, Brunswick, Festinger, Osgood, Rappaport.

	BRUNER, J.S., BRUNSWICK, E., FESTINGER, E., HEIDER, F., MUENZINGER, K.E., OSGGOD, C.E. & RAPPAPORT, D. (1957). Contempary approaches to cognition. Cambridge, England : Cambridge University Press.
	HEIDER, F. (1959). The psychology of interpersonal relations. N.J. : Editeur Hillsdale, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Heimann Paula (1899-1982) : Psychanalyste anglaise, membre du Groupe kleinien. Étudiante de Klein.

	HEIMANN, P. (1942). A contribution to the problem of sublimation and its relation to processes of internalization. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 23, 8-17.
	HEIMANN, P. (1950). On counter-transference. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,31, 81-84.
	HEIMANN, P. (1952). A contribution to the re-evaluation of the Oedipus Complex—the early stages. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 33, 84-92.
	HEIMANN, P. (1962). Notes on the anal stage. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 43, 406-414.
	HEIMANN, P. (1962). The curative factors in psycho-analysis—Contributions to discussion. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 43, 228-231.

Heinroth Oskar (1871-1945 Berlin) : Biologiste allemand et précurseur de l'éthologie.

Heise David R. (Evanston États-Unis 1937-) : Sociologue et méthodologiste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des impressions.

	HEISE, D.R. (1969). Separating reliability and stability in test-retest correlation. American Sociological Review, 34, 93-101.
	HEISE, D.R. & BOHRNSTEDT, G. (1970). Validity, invalidity, and reliability. In E. Borgatta & G. Bohrnstedt (Eds.), Sociological methodology (pp. 104-29) San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
	HEISE, D.R. & SMITH-LOVIN, L. (1981). Impressions of goodness, powerfulness, and liveliness from discerned social events. Social Psychology Quarterly, 44, 93-106.
	HEISE, D.R. & THOMAS, L. (1989). Predicting impressions created by combinations of emotion and social identity. Social Psychology Quarterly, 52, 141-148.
	BRITT, L. & HEISE, D.R. (1992). Impressions of self-directed action. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 335-350.

Hélie Sébastien ( ) : Psychologue connexioniste québécois. Collaborateur de Ashby et Cousineau.

	COUSINEAU, D., LACROIX, G.L., & HÉLIE, S. (2003). Redefining the rules : Providing race models with a connectionist learning rule. Connection Science, 15, 27-43.
	HÉLIE, S. (2006). An introduction to model selectionn: Tools and algorithms. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 2, 1-10.
	HÉLIE, S. (2008). Energy Minimization in the Nonlinear Dynamic Recurrent Associative Memory. Neural Networks, 21, 1041-1044.
	HÉLIE, S. & SUN, R. (2010). Incubation, insight, and creative problem solving : A unified theory and a connectionist model. Psychological Review, 117, 994-1024.
	HÉLIE, S., PROULX, R. & LEFEBVRE, B. (2011). Bottom-up learning of explicit knowledge using a Bayesian algorithm and a new Hebbian learning rule. Neural Networks, 24, 219-232.

Helmholtz Hermann Von (Potsdam 1821-1894 Berlin) : Physiologiste allemand et chef de file de l'école expérimentale allemande. Il a élaboré une théorie de la vision des couleurs Initialement développée par Young). Il a également découvert les phénomènes entoptiques. Étudiant de Müller. Professeur de Hall, Sechenov et Wundt.

	HELMHOLTZ, H.V. (1910). Treatise on physiological optics. New York : Dover.

	KOENIGSBERGER, L (1906). Hermann von Helmholtz. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
	WADE, N.J. & SWANSTON, M. T. (2001). Helmholtz on golf. Perception, 30, 1407-1410. [PDF]
	FINGER, S. & WADE, N.J. (2002). The neuroscience of Helmholtz and the theories of Johannes Müller. Part 1. Nerve cell structure, vitalism, and the nerve impulse. Journal of the History of the Neurosciences, 11, 136-155. [PDF]

Hémisphères cérébraux : Les deux moitiés opposées qui composent la portion supérieure du cerveau; responsables de la plupart des processus sensoriels, moteurs et cognitifs chez l'humain. Hémisphères et communication interhémisphérique. Cerebral hemisphere.

	GAZZANIGA, M.S., BOGEN, E. & SPERRY, R.W. (1965) Observations on visual perception after disconnexion of the cerebral hemispheres in man. Brain, 88, 1-236.
	SPERRY, R.W. (1968). Hemisphere deconnection and unity in conscious awareness. American Psychologist, 23 (10), 723-733.
	MILNER, B. (1971). Interhemispheric differences in the localization of psychological processes in man. Neurology, 8, 299-321.
	SPERRY, R.W. (1974). Lateral specialization in the surgically separated hemispheres. In F. Schmitt and F. Worden (Eds.), Neurosciences third study program (pp. 5-19). Cambridge : MIT Press.
	HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.
	STEMMER, B. & COHEN, H. (2002). Neuropragmatique et lésions de l'hémisphère droit. Psychologie de l'Interaction, 13-14, 15-46.
	CORBALLIS, M.C. (2007) The dual-brain myth. In S.D. Sala (Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain : separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
	CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins.

Hémoglobine : De grec hema qui signifie «sang» et du latin globus qui veut dire «sphérique». Protéine des globules rouges qui transportent l’oxygène, notamment dans le système sanguin du cerveau. L'hémoglobine contient un atome de fer, ce qui lui confère des propriétés magnétiques différentes selon qu’elle transporte l’oxygène ou que cet oxygène a été utilisé par les neurones. Ce sont ces propriétés magnétiques que l'on détectent grâce à l'imagerie par résonance magnétique fonctionnelle (IRMf) et qui permettent de décrire l'acitivité neuronale du cerveau.

	CHOU, K.C. (1989). Low-frequency resonance and cooperativity of hemoglobin. Trends Biochem. Sci., 14 (6), 212-213.
	HARDISON, R.C. (1996). A brief history of hemoglobins : plant, animal, protist, and bacteria". Proceeding National Academy of Science USA, 93 (12), 5675-5679.

Hempel Carl Gustav (1905-1997) : Philosophe, épistémologue allemand et chef de file du béhaviorisme philosophique.

	HEMPEL, C.G. (1942). The function of general laws in history. Journal of Philosophy, 39, 35-48.
	HEMPEL, C.G. (1945). Studies in the logic of confirmation. Mind, 54, 1-26, 97-120.
	HEMPEL, C.G. & OPPENHEIM, P. (1948). Studies in the logic of explanation. Philosophy of Science, 15, 135-175.
	HEMPEL, C.G. (1950). Les critères empiristes de la signification cognitive : problèmes et changements. Dans P. Jacob (Dir.) (1984), De Vienne à Cambridge (p. 61-84). Paris : NRF Gallimard.
	HEMPEL, C.G. (1972). Éléments d'épistémologie. Paris : Armand Colin.

Henker Barbara A. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste et écologiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'hyperactivité et trouble d'hyperactivité avec déficit d'attention. Collaboratrice de Hinshaw et Whalen.

	HENKER, B., WHALEN, C.K. & HINSHAW, S.P. (1980). The attributional contexts of cognitive intervention strategies. Exceptional Education Quarterly, 1, 17-30.
	HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1980). The changing faces of hyperactivity : Retrospect and prospect. In C.K. Whalen & B. Henker (Eds.), Hyperactive children : The social ecology of identification and treatment (pp. 321-363). New York : Academic Press.
	WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1986). Type A behavior in normal and hyperactive children : Multisource evidence of overlapping constructs. Child Development, 57, 688-699.
	HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1989). Hyperactivity and attention deficits. American Psychologist, 44, 216-223.
	HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1999). The child with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in school and peer settings. In H.C. Quay & A.E. Hogan (Eds.), Handbook of disruptive behavior disorders (pp. 157-178). New York : Plenum Press.

Henle Friedrich Gustav Jacob (Fürth allemagne 1809-1885 Göttingen Allemagne) : Médecin et physiologiste allemand. Étudiant de Müller. Professeur de Kühne.

	HENLE, F.G.J. (1943). Traité d’anatomie générale, ou histoire des tissus et de la composition chimique du corps humain. Paris : Alcan.

Henmon Vivian Allen Charles (1877-1950) : Psychologue américain. Étudiant de Cattell. Professeur de Hull.

	HENMON, V.A.C. (1906). The time of perception as a measure of differences in sensations. In J.M. Cattell & F.J.E. Woodbridge (Eds.), Archives of philosophy, psychology and scientific methods (Vol.8). New York : The Science Press.

Henripin Jacques (Lachine 1926-) : Démographe québécois et professeur àla retraite de l'Université Laval. Collaborateur de Lapierre-Adamcyk.

	HENRIPIN, J. (1961). L'inégalité sociale devant la mort : la mortinatalité et la mortalité infantile à Montréal. Recherches sociographiques, II (1) 3-34.
	HENRIPIN, J. et LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, E. (1974). La fin de la revanche des berceaux. Qu'en pensent les Québécoises? Montréal : Les Presses de l'Université de Montréal.
	HENRIPIN, J. et LORIAUX, M. (1995). Le vieillissement : discours à deux voies. Population, 50 (6), 1591-1638.
	HENRIPIN, J. (2003). La métamorphose de la population canadienne. Montréal : Les Éditions Varia.
	HENRIPIN, J. (2004). Pour une politique de population. Montréal : Les Éditions Varia.

Henriques Gregg R. ( ) : Psychologue et épistémologue américain. Il a développé un modèle de connaissances unifiiées, l'arbre du savoir unifié (Tree of Knowledge System). Collaborateur de Beck et Sternberg.

	HENRIQUES, G.R. (2003). The Tree of Knowledge System and the theoretical unification of psychology. Review of General Psychology, 7, 150-182.
	HENRIQUES, G.R. (2004). Psychology defined. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 1207-1221.
	HENRIQUES, G.R. & STERNBERG, R.J. (2004). Unified professional psychology : Implications for combined-integrated doctoral training programs. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 1051-1063.
	HENRIQUES, G.R. (2005). Toward a useful mass movement. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61, 121-139.
	HENRIQUES, G.R. (2007). Integrating treatments for suicidal patients into an effective package. Pragmatic Case Studies in Psychotherapy , 3, 50-60.

Hepatite : Maladie. Hepatitis.

	MARSLAND, A.L., COHEN, S., RABIN, B.S. & MANUCK, S. B. (2006). Trait positive affect and antibody response to hepatitis B vaccination. Brain, Behavior, and Immunity, 20, 261-269. [LIRE]

Herbart Johann Friedrich (Nuremberg Allemagne 1776-1841 Göttingen Allemagne) : Philosophe allemand et partisan d'une psychologie scientifique.

	HERBART, J.F. (1877). Possibility and necessity of applying mathematics in psychology. Journal of Speculative Philosophy, 11, 251-264.

Herbranson Walter T. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage chez le pigeon. = Wally Herbranson. Collaborateur de Shimp.

	HERBRANSON, W.T., FREMOUW, T. & SHIMP, C.P. (1999). The randomization procedure in the study of categorization of multidimensional stimuli by pigeons. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 25(1), 113-135. [PDF)
	HERBRANSON, W.T., FREMOUW, T. & SHIMP, C.P. (2002). Categorizing a moving target in terms of its speed and direction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 78, 249-270. [PDF)
	HERBRANSON, W.T. & SHIMP, C.P. (2008). Artificial grammar learning in pigeons. Learning & Behavior, 36 (2), 116-137. [PDF)
	HERBRANSON, W.T. & SCHROEDER, J. (2010). Are birds smarter than mathematicians ? Pigeons (Columba livia) Perform optimally on a version of the Monty Hall dilemma. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 124 (1), 1-13. [PDF]
	HERBRANSON, W.T. & STANTON, G.L (2011). Flexible Serial Response Learning by Pigeons (Columba livia) and Humans (Homo sapiens). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 125 (3), 328-340. [PDF]

Hérédité : Du latin, hereditare, qui signifie «hériter». Au sens large, l'hérédité peut être sociale (héritage de votre grand-oncle) ou biologique (les yeux verts de votre grand-oncle), mais l'usage biologique tend à supplancer l'usage social de ce terme. En ce sens l'hérédité se définit comme l'ensemble des caractères propres à une espèce ou à un groupe d'individus appartenant à cette même espèce, et se transmettant par les gènes de génération en génération. La plus grande partie de l’hérédité est toujours due à la combinaison de l’ADN de la mère et du père, sauf l'ADN mitochondrial et le chromosone Y. Hérédité, déterminant biogénétique et héritabilité. Heredity, inheritance.

	WEISMANN, A. (1892). La continuité du plasma germinatif comme base d'une théorie de l'hérédité. Paris : Editions Reinwald.	HEBB, D.O. (1953). Heredity and environment in mammalian behavior. British Journal of Animal Behavior, 1, 43-47.
	BATESON, W. (1902). Mendel's principles of heredity : A defence. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.	DUNN, L.C. et DOBZHANSKY, T. (1964). Hérédité, race et société. Belgique : Dessart.
		PAGE, E.B. (1972). Behavior and heredity. American Psychologist, 27, 660-661.
	JOHANNSEN, W. (1905). The elements of heredity. Copenhagen.	JACOBS, J. (1981). How heritable is innate behaviour? Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 55 (1), 1-18.
	MENDEL, G. (1907). Recherches sur les hybrides végétaux. Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique.	MAYR, E. (1982/89). The growth of biological thought : Diversity, evolution and inheritance/Histoire de la biologie. Diversité, évolution et hérédité. Cambridge : Harvard University Press/ Paris : Fayard.
	JOHANNSEN, W. (1911). The genotype conception of heredity. American Naturalist, 45, 129-159.	MAYR, E. (1989). Histoire de la biologie : diversité, évolution et hérédité. France : Fayard.
	GODDARD, H.H. (1912). The Kallikak family : A study in the heredity of feeble-mindedness. New York : Macmillan.	STERNBERG, R.J. & GRIGORENKO, E. (Eds.) (1996). Intelligence : Heredity and environment. New York: Cambridge University Press.
	KUO, Z.Y. (1924). A Psychology without heredity. Psychological Review, 31, 427-448.

Hergenhahn B.R. ( ) : Psychologue américain et historien de la psychologie.

	HERGENHAHN, B.R. (1986/2005). An introduction to the history of psychology. Toronto : Brooks/Cole.
	HERGENHAHN, B.R. & OLSON, B.R. (2000). Introduction to theories of learning. Prentice Hall.
	HERGENHAHN, B.R. & OLSON, B.R. (2003/6). An introduction to theories of personality. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall.
	HERGENHAHN, B.R. (2002/2007). An introduction to the history of psychology /Introduction à l'histoire de la psychologie. Toronto : Wadsworth/Mont-Royal : Groupe Modulo.

Hering Karl Ewald Konstantin (1834-1918 Leipzig) : Physiologiste allemand/prussien qui s'est intéressé aux illusions, à la vision des couleurs et à la perception spatiale. Étudiant de Fechner et Weber. Collaborateur de Breuer.

	HERING, K.E.K. (1868/1977). The theory of binocular vision. New York : Plenum Press.

Héritabilité : Estimation de la proportion ou de la variance d'un trait (caractéristiques physiques, aptitudes intellectuelles, comportements) qui peut être attribuable aux variations génétiques entre les individus appartenant à une population ou une espèce donnée (par opposition à la variance attribuée au milieu). Héritabilité et héridité. = corrélation ou coefficient d'héritabilité. Heritability.

	DeFRIES, J.C., TOUCHBERRY, R.W. & HAYS, R.L. (1959). Heritability of the length of the gestation period in dairy cattle. Journal of Dairy Science, 42, 598-606.	LYKKEN, D.T., BOUCHARD, T.J. & McGUE, M. & TELLEGEN, A. (1993). The heritability of interests : A twin study. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 649-661.
	GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1963). Heritability of personality : A demonstration. Psychological Monograph, General and Application, 177 (9).	TESSOR, A. (1993). The importance of heritability in psychological research : The case of attitudes. Psychological Review, 100, 129-42.
	WHITNEY, G., McCLEARN, G.E. & DeFRIES, J.C. (1970). Heritability of alcohol preference in laboratory mice and rats. Journal of Heredity, 61, 165-169.	THAPAR, A., HERVAS, A., & McGUFFIN, P. (1995). Childhood hyperactivity scores are highly heritable and show sibling competition effects : Twin study evidence. Behavior Genetics, 25, 537-544.
	KLEIN, T.W., DeFRIES, J.C. & FINKBEINER, C.T. (1973). Heritability and genetic correlation: Standard errors of estimates and sample size. Behavior Genetics, 3, 355-364.	GJONE, H., STEVENSON, J., SUNDET, J.M. & EILERTSEN, D.E. (1996). Changes in heritability across increasing levels of behavior problems in young twins. Behavior Genetics, 26, 419-426.
	DeFRIES, J.C. (1978). "Heritability estimates" from family data. Behavior Genetics, 8, 481-482.	SCHONEMANN, P.H. (1997). Models and muddles of Heritability. Genetica, 99, 97-108.
	JACOBS, J. (1981). How heritable is innate behaviour? Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 55 (1), 1-18.	KENDLER, K., KARKOWSKI, L. & PRESCOTT, C. (1999). Fears and phobias : reliability and heritability. Psychological Medicine, 29 (3), 539-553.
	GROVE, W.M., ECKERT, E.D., HESTON, L. & BOUCHARD, T.J. (1990). Heritability of substance abuse and antisocial behavior : A study of monozygotic twins reared apart. Biological Psychiatry, 27, 1293-1304.	LOEHLIN, J.C., JÖNSSON, E.G., GUSTAVSSON, J P., STALLINGS, M C., GILLEPRSIE, N.A., WRIGHT, J.N. & MARTIN, G. (2005). Psychological masculinity-femininity via the gender diagnosticity approach : Heritability and consistency across ages and populations. Journal of Personality, 73, 1295-1319.
		MAHER, B. (2008). Personal genomes : The case of the missing heritability. Nature, 456, 18–21.
	ROBINSON, J.L., KAGAN, J., REZNICK, J.S. & CORLEY, R. (1992). The heritability of inhibited behavior : A twin study. Developmental Psychology, 28, 1030-1037.	KENDLER, K.S. & NEALE, M.C. (2009). Familiality or heritability. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66,4), 452-453.
		EKEHAMMAR, B., AKRAMI, N., HEDLUND, L.-E., YOSHIMURA, K., ONO, Y., ANDO, J. & YAMAGATA, S. (2010). The generality of personality heritability : Big-Five trait heritability predicts response time to trait items. Journal of Individual Differences, 31, 209-214.

Héritier Françoise (1933-) : Anthropologue et féministe française. = Françoise Héritier-Izard, Françoise Héritier-Augé.

	HÉRITIER, F. (1981). L'Exercice de la parenté. Paris : Gallimard /Le Seuil.
	HÉRITIER, F. (1994). Les deux soeurs et leur mère : anthropologie de l'inceste. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.
	HÉRITIER, F. (1996/2002). Masculin-féminin I. La pensée de la différence. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.
	HÉRITIER, F. (2002). Masculin-Féminin II. Dissoudre la hiérarchie. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.
	HÉRITIER, F. (2009). Une pensée en mouvement. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.

Herman Edward S. (1925- ) : Économiste américain et spécialiste du rôle des média et des marchés. Collaborateur de Chomsky.

	HERMAN, E.S. (1966). America's vietnam policy : The strategy of deception. Washington : Public Affairs Press.
	HERMAN, E.S. (1982). The real terror network : Terrorism in fact and propaganda. Boston : South End Press.
	HERMAN, E.S. & CHOMSKY, N. (1988/2003). Manufacturing consent. The political economy of the mass. Pantheon. La Fabrication du consentement. / De la propagande médiatique en démocratie. Agone.
	HERMAN, E.S. (1995). Triumph of the market : essays on economics, politics, and the media. Boston. South End Press.
	HERMAN, E.S. (1999). The myth of the liberal media : An Edward Herman Reader. New York : P. Lang.

Hermann Imre (Budapest 1889-1984) : Médecin, psychologue et psychanalyste hongrois.

	HERMANN, I. (1935). The use of the term "active" in the definition of masculinity—A critical study. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 16, 219-222.
	HERMANN, I. (1939). A supplement to the castration complex : The sphere of phantasies relating to the os priapi. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 20, 322-329.
	HERMANN, I. (1949). The giant mother, The phallic mother, obscenity. Psychoanalytic Review, 36, 302-306.
	HERMANN, I. (1976). Clinging—going-in-search—A contrasting pair of instincts and their relation to sadism and masochism. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 45, 5-36.
	HERMANN, I. (1979). La psychanalyse comme méthode. Édition Denoël.

Hermaphrodite : Du grec hermaphroditos qui signifie «le fils d'Hermès et d'Aphrodite», donc qui combine les deux sexes. Qualifie tout organisme qui produit à la fois des gamètes mâles et des gamètes femelles *transsexualisme. Hermaphroditism.

	ELLIS, A. (1945). The sexual psychology of human hermaphrodites. Psychosomatic Medicine, 7, 108-125.	IMPERATO-McGINLEY, J. & PETERSON, R.E. (1976). Male pseudohermaphroditism : the complexities of male phenotypic development. Amer. J. Med. 61, 251-272.
	MONEY, J, HAMPSON, J.G. & HAMPSON, J.L. (1955). An examination of some basic sexual concepts : the evidence of human hermaphroditism. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 97, 301-319.	ROSLER, A. & KOHN, G. (1983). Male pseudohermaphroditism due to 17B-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase deficiency : Studies on the natural history of the defect and effect of androgens on gender role. Journal of Steroid Biochemistry, 19, 663-674.
	ZUGER, B. (1970). Gender role determination : A critical review or the evidence from hermaphroditism. Psychosomatic Medicine, 32, 449-463.	MONEY, J., DEVORE, H. & NORMAN, B.F. (1986). Gender identity and gender transposition : Longitudinal outcome study of 32 male hermaphrodites Assigned as Girls. >Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 12 (3), 165-181.
	LEV-RAN, A. (1974). Gender role differentiation in hermaphrodites. Archives of Sex behavior, 3, 391.	DREGER, A.D. (1998). Hermaphrodites and the medical invention of sex. Cambridge, Mass : Harvard University Press.
	IMPERATO-McGINLEY, J., GUERRERO, L. & GAUTIER, T. (1974). Steroid 5a-reductase deficiency in man : an inherited form of pseudohermaphroditism. Science, 186, 1213-1215.

Herméneutique : Du grec hermeneia qui signifie «interprétation de la pensée par la parole», et de Hermès, du dieu grec, qui était le messager des dieux et l'interprète de leurs ordres. Méthode d'interprétation qui consiste à découvrir la signification des intentions et des conduites des acteurs ou de leurs écrits. /empirisme. Hermeneutics.

	RICOEUR, P. (1969). Le conflit des interprétations. Essais d'herméneutique I. Paris : Le Seuil.	DOUGHER, M.J. (1993). Hermeneutic and interpretive methods in the contextualistic analysis of verbal behavior. In S.C. Hayes, L.J. Hayes, H. Reese and T. Sarbin (Eds.), Varieties of scientific contextualism. Context Press : Reno, NV.
	DREYFUS, H.L. (1980). Holism and hermeneutics. Review of Metaphysic, 34, (1), 3-24.	GRONDIN, J. (1993). L'universalité de l'herméneutique. Paris. Preses Universitaire de France.
		MILLER, H.K. (1994). Taking hermeneutics to science : Prospects and tactics suggested by the Work of B.F.Skinner. The Behavior Analyst, 17, 35-42 [PDF]
		STEINER, R. (1995). Hermeneutics or Hermes-mess? International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 76, 435-446.
	HABERMAS, J. (1981/2001). Théorie de l'agir communicationnel. Paris : Fayard.	DILTHEY, W. (1995). Écrits d’esthétique / La naissance de l’herméneutique. Paris : Les Éditions du Cerf.
	GADAMER, H.G. (1984). Le défi herméneutique. Revue Internationale de Philosophie, 151, 333-340	BRADMETZ, J. (1999). Herméneutique spontanée de la fausse croyance chez les enfants de trois à six ans. Archives de psychologie, 67 (261), 71-95.
	DREYFUS, H.L. (1984). Beyond hermeneutics. In G. Shapiro (Ed.), Hermeneutics. Amherst : University of Massachusetts Press.	FOUCAULT, M. (2001). L'herméneutique du sujet. Paris : Seui.
	DAY, W.F. (1988). Hermeneutics and behaviorism. American Psychologist, 43, 129.	HEIN, S.F. & AUSTIN, W.J. (2001). Empirical and hermeneutic approaches to phenomenological research in psychology : A comparison. Psychological Methods, 6 (1), 3-17.
		GRONDIN, J. (2006). L'herméneutique. Paris : Collection Que sais-je ?/Presses Universitaire de France.

Hernandez Arturo E. ( ) : Neuroc ognitiviste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du bilinguisme. Collaboratrice de Bates.

	HERNANDEZ, A.E. & BATES, E. & AVILA, L.X. (1996). Processing across the language boundary: A cross-modal priming study of Spanish-English bilinguals. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 22 (4), 846-864.
	HERNANDEZ, A.E., FENNEMA-NOTESTINE, C., UDELL, C. & BATES E. (2001). Lexical and sentential priming in competition : Implications for two-stage theories of lexical access. Applied Psycholinguistics, 22 (2), 191-215.
	HERNANDEZ, A.E., LI, P. & MacWHINNEY, B. (2005). The emergence of competing modules in bilingualism. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 220-225.
	HERNANDEZ, A.E. KOTZ, S.A., HOFMANN, J. (2007). Age of acquisition modulates neural activity for both regular and irregular syntactic functions. Neuroimage, 36, 912-923.
	HERNANDEZ, A.E. (2009). Language switching in the bilingual brain : What's next? Brain & Language, 109, 133-140.

Héroïne : Drogue de la famille des narcotiques. Héroïne et dépendance aux drogues.

	ELSMORE, T.F., FLETCHER, G.V., CONRAD, D.G. & SODETZ, F.J. (1980). Reduction of heroin intake in baboons by an economic constraint. Psychopharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior, 13, 729-731.
	SIEGEL, S., HINSON, R.E., KRANK, M.D., & McCULLY, J. (1982). Heroin “overdose” death : Contribution of drug-associated environmental cues. Science, 216, 436-437.
	SIEGEL, S. (1984). Pavlovian conditioning and heroin overdose : Reports by overdose victims. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 428-430.
	ORNSTEIN, T.J., IDDON, J.L., BALDACCHINO, A.M., SAHAKIAN, B.J., LONDON, M., EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2000). Profiles of cognitive dysfunction in chronic amphetamine and heroin abusers. Neuropsychopharmacology, 23 (2), 113-126.
	DEHUE, T. (2002). A dutch treat. Randomized controlled experimentation and the case of heroin-maintenance in the Netherlands. History of the Human Sciences, 15 (2), 75-98.
	YEN, C.F., WU, H.Y., YEN, J.Y. & KO, C.H. (2004). Effects of brief cognitive-behavioral interventions on confidence to resist the urges to use heroin and methamphetamine in relapse-related situations. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 192, 788-791.

Heron William T. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'apprentissage en labyrinthe. Professeur e MacCorquadale. Collaborateur de Skinner.

	HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1937). Changes in hunger during starvation. The Psychological Record, 1, 51-60.
	HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1937). The effects of certain drugs and hormones on conditioning and extinction. Psychological Bulletin, 34, 741-742.
	HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1939). An apparatus for the study of animal behavior. The Psychological Record, 3, 166-176.
	HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1939). Rate of extinction in maze-bright and maze-dull rats. Psychological Bulletin, 36, 520.
	HERON, W.T. (1949). Internal stimuli and learning. Journal of Comparative and Psysiological Psychology, 42 (6), 486-92.

Herpès génitale :

	BENEDETTI, J., COREY L. & ASHLEY, R. (1994). Recurrence rates in genital herpes after symptomatic first-episode infection. Annals of Internal Medicine, 121, 847-854.

Herrnstein Richard (1930-1994) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Il a formulé la loi de l'appariement et écrit un livre controversé sur l'intelligence The bell curve. Professeur de Hineline. Collaborateur de Ainslie, Brady, De villiers, Fantino, Morse, Murray et Rachlin.

	HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1961). Relative and absolute strength of response as a function of frequency of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4, 267-272. [PDF]
	HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1970). On the law of effect. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13, 243-266. [PDF]
	HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1974). F.ormal properties of the matching law. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 76, 49-69. [PDF]
	HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1979). Derivatives of matching. Psychological Review, 86, 486-495.
	HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & MURRAY, C. (1994). The bell curve : Intelligence and class structure in American life. New York : Free Press.

	SKINNER, B.F. (1950) Herrnstein and the evolution of behaviorism. American Psychologist, 32, 1006-1012.
	McDOWELL, J.J. (1980). An analytic comparison of Herrnstein's equations and a multivariate rate equation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 33, 397-408. [PDF]

Hersen Michel H. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste , historien des sciences, méthodologiste américain et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitemement des problèmes comportementaux (thérapie béhavioriste). Collaborateur de Barlow, Bellack et Kadzin.

	HERSEN, M.H, EISLER, R.M. & MILLER, P.M. (1975). Historical perspectives in behavior modification. In M. Hersen, M.H. Eisler & P.M. Miller (Eds.), Progress in behavior modification. New York : Academic Press.
	BARLOW, D.H. & HERSEN, M. (1984). Single case experimental design : Strategies for studying behavior change in the individual. Elmsford, NY : Pergamon Press.
	HERSEN, M., KAZDIN A.E. & BELLACK, A.S. (1986). The clinical handbook. New York : Pergamon Press.
	HERSEN, M. (1989). Innovations in child behavior therapy. New York : Springer.
	HERSEN, M. (2002). Rationale for clinical case studies : An editorial. Clinical Case Studies, 1, 3-5.

Herskovits Melville Jean (Bellefontaine 1895-1969 Evanston) : Anthropologue américain et pionnier de l'étude de l'acculturation et du relativisme culturel. Étudiant de Boas.

	HERSKOVITS, M.E. (1941/90). The myth of the negro past. Beacon Press.
	HERSKOVITS, M.E. (1950/67). Les bases de l'anthropologie culturelle. Paris : François Maspero.
	HERSKOVITS, M.E. (1950/67). Acculturation. The study of culture contact. Gloucester Mass. : P. Smith.
	HERSKOVITS, M.E. (1962). The human factor in changing africa. Knopf.
	HERSKOVITS, M.E. (1972). Cultural relativism. Random House.

Hertz : Unité de mesure de la fréquence des sons. Un hertz correspond au nombre de cycles par seconde d'une onde sonore. En principe, notre oreille peut capter des sons dont la frréquence varie de 20 hertz (son très grave) à 20 000 hertz (son très aigu).

Herzberg Frederick (1923-2000) : Psychologue organisationnel américain. Il s'est notamment intéressé aux facteurs qui influencent la satisfaction au travail (Two-factors motivation/théorie bi-factorielle de la motivation).

	HERZBERG, F., MAUSNER, B. & SNYDERMAN-BLOCH, B. (1959). The motivation to work. New York : John Wiley.
	HERZBERG, F. (1966/73). Work and the nature of Man. Cleveland/New York : World Publishing/Mentor book.
	HERZBERG, F. (1976). The managerial choice : to be efficient and to be human. Homewood : Dow Jones-Irwin.
	HERZBERG, F. (1987). One more time : How do you motivate employees ? Harvard Business Review, 65 (5), 109-120.

Hétérosexualité/Hétérosuel : Hétérosexualité et homosexualité. Heterosexuality.

	RANIER, J.D., A. MESNIKOFF, A.L., KOLB, C. & CARR, A. (1960). Homosexuality and hererosexuality in identical twins. Psychosomatic Medicine., 22, 250-259.	WILKINSON, S. & KITZINGER, C. (Eds.) (1993). Heterosexuality. London : Sage Publications Ltd.
	FREUND, K. (1963). A laboratory method for diagnosing predominance of homo- or heteroerotic interest in the male. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 1, 85-93.	LIPS, H.M. & FREEDMAN, S.A. (1993). Heterosexual feminist identities : Private boundaries and shifting centers. In S. Wilkinson & C. Kitzinger (Eds.), Heterosexuality : A feminist psychology reader (pp. 56-58). London : Sage.
	RICH, A. (1980). Compulsory heterosexuality and lesbian existence. Sign, 5, 631-660.	JULIEN, D., DUBÉ, M. et GAGNON, I. (1994). Le développement des enfants de parents homosexuels comparé à celui des enfants de parents hétérosexuels. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 15 (3), 135-153.
		KATZ, J.N. (1995). The invention of heterosexuality. New York : Dutton.
	FREUND, K., WATSONS, R. & RIENZO, D. (1989). Heterosexuality, homosexuality, and erotic age preference. Journal of Sex Research, 26 (1), 107-117.	KITZINGER, C. & WILKINSON, S. (1995). Transitions from heterosexuality to lesbianism : the discursive production of lesbian identities. Developmental Psychology, 31 (1), 95-104.
	KITZINGER, C., WILKINSON, S. & PERKINS, R. (1992). Special issue on heterosexuality. Feminism & Psychology, 2 (3), 293-324.	KITZINGER, C. & WILKINSON, S. (1996). Deconstructing heterosexuality : A feminist social-constructionist analysis. In N. Charles & F. Hughes-Freeland (Eds.), Practising Feminism : Identity, difference, power (pp. 135-155). London : Routledge.

Hétérozygote : Qui possède deux allèles différents du même gène. Homozygote et hétérozygote. Hétorozygous.

	ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.

Hetherington Stephen ( ) : Philosophe et épistémologue américain.

	HETHERINGTON, S. (1992). Epistemology's psychological turn. Metaphilosophy, 23, 47-56.
	HETHERINGTON, S. (2001). Good knowledge, bad knowledge : On two dogmas of epistemology. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
	HETHERINGTON, S. (2002). Fallibilism and knowing that one is not dreaming. Canadian Journal of Philosophy 32, 83-102.
	HETHERINGTON, S. (2003). Reality? Knowledge? Philosophy! : An introduction to metaphysics and epistemology. Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press.
	HETHERINGTON, S. (2006). Knowledge's boundary problem. Synthese, 15, 41-56.

Heures supplémentaires : Voir Travail supplémentaire.

Heuristique : Le terme a au moins deux acceptions : a) En psychologie cognitive, règle suggérant une ligne de conduite ou servant de guide dans la résolution de problème, la découverte rapide et efficace d'une solution, mais ne garantissant pas l'obtention d'une solution dans tous les cas ou d'une solution optimale. Heuristique, script et algorithme. b) En philosophie des sciences, on utilise également ce mot pour qualifier une méthode/théorie féconde, qui permet de découvrir de nouveaux faits ou de formuler de nouvelles hypothèses. = fécond.

	a
	TVERSKY, A. (1974). Judgment under uncertainty : heuristics and biases. Science, 185, 1124-1131.	GIGERENZER, G. (1991). How to make cognitive illusions disappear : Beyond heuristics and biases. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 83-115). Chichester, England : Wiley.
	LANDA, L. (1976). Instructional regulation and control : Cybernetics, algorithmization, and heuristics in education. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Educational Technology Publications.	GIGERENZER, G. (1996). On narrow norms and vague heuristics : A rebuttal to Kahneman and Tversky (1996). Psychological Review, 103, 592-596.
	KAHNEMAN, D., SLOVIC, P. & TVERSKY, A. (1981). Judgement under uncertainty - Heuristics and biases. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.	BJORK, R.A. (1999). Assessing our own competence : Heuristics and illusions. In D. Gopher and A. Koriat (Eds.), Attention and peformance XVII. Cognitive regulation of performance : Interaction of theory and application (pp. 435-459). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
	NISBETT, R.E., KRANTZ, D.H., JEPSON, C. & KUNDA, Z. (1983). The use of statistical heuristics in everyday inductive reasoning. Psychological Review, 90, 339-363.	PARK, J., SCHALLER, M. & VAN VUGT, M. (2008). The psychology of human kin recognition : Heuristic cues, erroneous inferences, and their implications. Review of General Psychology, 12, 215-235.
	AGNOLI, F. & KRANTZ, D.H., (1989). Suppressing natural heuristics by formal instruction: The case of the conjunction fallacy. Cognitive Psychology, 21, 515-550.
	b
	POST, H. (1971). Correspondence, invariance and heuristics. Studies in History and Philosophy of Science, 2, 213-255.	RICHARDSON, R.C. (1999). Heuristics; Black Box, figure-ground, modularity, split brain effects and Zeigarnik effect. In R. Audi (Ed.), The Cambridge dictionary of philosophy (pp. 310-311, 379, 579, 874-5, 987). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
	KUHN, T.S. (1977/90). The essential tension / La tension essentielle : Tradition et changement dans les Sciences. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.

Heuristique de disponibilité : Concept développé par Tversky et Kahneman pour décrire la tendance à évaluer la probabilité d'un événement donné en fonction d'informations ou d'exemples qui nous viennent facilement à l'esprit parce qu'ils nous ont frappé (salience) ou parce que nous y avons été exposés à de multiples reprises (répétition). Availability heuristic.

	TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1973). Availability : a heuristic for judging frequency and probability. Cognitive Psychology 5, 207-232.
	TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1974). Judgments under uncertainty : Heuristics and biases. Science, 185, 1124-1131.
	CARROLL, J.S. (1978). The effect of imagining an event on expectations for the even t : An interpretation in terms of the availability heuristic. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 14, 88-96.

Heuristique de la représentativité : Representativeness heuristic.

	GARDAIR E. & GUYON, H. (2002). Les raisonnements biaisés dans la prise de décision individuelle et collective : heuristique de la représentativité et confrontation à un point de vue divergent. Économies et Sociétés, 36 (5), 199.
	NADEAU, R. (1999). Vocabulaire technique et analytique de l'épistémologie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Heuristique émotive :

Heuristique positive/négative : Pour Lakatos, désigne le pouvoir des programmes de recherche matures de produire des règles méthodologiques positives, que les chercheurs doivent suivre pour construire des modèles explicatifs, et négatives, qu'ils doivent éviter de suivre afin de protéger le noyau dur du programme. Heuristique, noyau dur et ceinture de protection.

	NADEAU, R. (1999). Vocabulaire technique et analytique de l'épistémologie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Hewitt John K. ( ) : Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des prédispositions génétiques des comportements alimentaires (anorexie, boulimie, obésité, etc). Collaborateur de Defries et Emde.

	HEWITT, J.K. (1987). Heritability. Science Progress, 71, 37-49.
	HEWITT, J.K. (1992). Localization of primary sites of genetic influence requires more information than two selected lines alone can yield (Critique of Sinclair's paper). Behavior Genetics, 22, 19-21.
	HEWITT, J.K. (1997). Behavior genetics and eating disorders. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 33, 355-358.
	HEWITT, J.K. (1997). The genetics of obesity : What have genetic studies told us about the environment? Behavior Genetics, 27, 353-358.
	FRIEDMAN, N.P., MIYAKE, A., CORLEY, R.P., YOUNG, S.E., DEFRIES, J.C. & HEWITT, J.K. (2006). Not all executive functions are related to intelligence. Psychological Science, 17 (2), 172-179.

Hewitt Paul L. ( ) : Psychologue canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude du perfectionnisme, de la dépression et du suicide. Collaborateur de Flett.

	HEWITT, P.L. & FLETT, G.L. (1991). Dimensions of perfectionism in unipolar depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 98-101.
	HEWITT, P.L., FLETT, G.L. & EDIGER, E. (1996). Perfectionism and depression : Longitudinal assessment of a specific vulnerability hypothesis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105 (2), 276-280.
	HEWITT, P.L. NEWTON, J., FLETT, G.L. & CALLANDER, L. (1997). Perfectionism and suicide ideation in adolescent psychiatric patients. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 25 (2), 95-101.
	SHERRY, S.B., HEWITT, P.L., FLETT, G.L. & HARVEY, M. (2003). Perfectionism dimensions, perfectionistic attitudes, dependent attitudes, and depression in psychiatric patients and university students. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 50 (3), 373-386.
	HEWITT, P.L. & FLETT, G.L. (2007). Diagnosing the perfectionistic personality. Current Psychiatry, 6, 53-64.

Heyes Cecilia M. (1960-) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste anglaise, spécialisée en psychologie comparée et plus particulièrement dans l'étude de l'imitation et de la reconnaissance de soi. Étudiante de Campbell et Dennett. Collaboratrice de Dickinson et Galef.

	HEYES, C.M. (1987). Contrasting approaches to the legitimation of intentional language within comparative psychology. Behaviorism, 15, 41-50.
	HEYES, C.M. (1994). Imitation, culture and cognition. Animal Behaviour, 46, 999-1010.
	HEYES, C.M. (1994). Reflections on self-recognition in primates. Animal Behaviour, 47, 909-919.
	HEYES, C.M. (1996). Genuine imitation. In C.M. Heyes & B.G. Galef (Eds.), Social learning in animals : The roots of culture. Academic Press.
	HEYES, C.M., BIRD, G., JOHNSON, H. & HAGGARD, P. (2005). Experience modulates automatic imitation. Cognitive Brain Research, 22, 233-240.

Hicks John Richard (1904-1989) : Économiste anglais et lauréat du prix Nobel d'économie en 1972.

Hiérarchie des apprentissages : Façon particulière, proposé par Gagné, de présenter un ensemble d'apprentissage ou les éléments d'un apprentissage, souvent des plus simples aux plus complexes. Pour Gagné, l'apprentissage de certains comportements simples est préalable et nécessaire à l'acquisiiton de comportements plus complexes. Hiérarchie des apprentissages et transfert vertical. Learning hierarchy.

	WHITE, R.T. et GAGNÉ, R.M. (1974). Past and future research on learning hierarchies. Educational Psychologist, 11, 19-28.
	HURST, J., DUNN, T., WEISS, S., LESAGE, J. & HURST, B. (1978). Hierarchical analysis of learning objectives in economics. Theory and Research in Social Education, 6 (3), 1-13.
	GRIFFITHS, A.K., KASS, H. & CORNISH, A.G. (1983). Validation of a learning hierarchy for the mole concept. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 20, 649-654.
	GRIFFITHS, A.K. & GRANT, B.A.C. (1985). High school students’ understanding of food webs : Identification of a learning hierarchy and related misconceptions. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 22, 421-436.
	WINKLES, J. (1986). Achievement, understanding, and transfer in a learning hierarchy. American Educational Research Journal, 23, 1275-1288.

Hiérarchie sociale : Organisation sociale des rapports sociaux fondée sur la dominance pour les éthologiste ou le pouvoir pour les sociologues. Dans une hiérarchie, le pouvoir n'est pas distribué équitablement entre les membres d'un groupe; chaque individu possède donc un rang, qui le place en position de dominance par rapport aux subalternes ou de soumission par rapport aux supérieurs (sauf évidemment pour ceux qui occupent le haut et le bas du pavé!). Hiérarchie sociale et inégalité. = rang. ( ): hiérarchie formelle, hiérarchie informelle. Social hierarchy.

	NOBLE, G.K. & BORNE, R. (1938). The social hierarchy in Xiphophorus and other fishes. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America, 19, 14.	DUGATKIN, L.A. (1992). ALFIERI, M.S., MOORE, A.J. (1994). Can dominance hierarchies be replicated? Form–re-form experiments using the cockroach (Nauphoeta cinerea). Ethology 97, 94–102.
	KELLEY, H.H. (1951). Communication in experimentally created hierarchies. Human Relations, 4, 39-56.	SIDANIUS, J. LIU, J., PRATTO, F. & SHAW, J. (1994). Social dominance orientation, hierarchy-attenuators and hierarchy-enhancers : Social dominance theory and the criminal justice system. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 24, 338-366.
	LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the structure of animal societies: I. Effects of inherent characteristics. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 13, 1-19.	MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. & DUGATKIN, L.A. (1995). Towards a theory dominance hierarchies : effects of assessment, group size and variation in fighting ability. Behavioral Ecology, 6, 416-423.
	LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the structure of animal societies: II. Some effects of possible social factors. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 13, 245-262.	BONABEAU, E., THERAULAZ, G. & DENEUBOURG, J.-L. (1996). Mathematical model of self-organizing hierarchies in animal societies. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 58, 661-717.
	LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the structure of animal societies. III. The condition for a score structure. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 15, 143-148.	OLIVEIRA R.F. & ALMADA, V.C. (1996). Dominance hierarchies and social structure in captive groups of the Mozambique tilapia Oreochromis mossambicus (Teleostei Cichlidae). Ethology Ecology & Evolution, 8, 39–55.
		BOEHM, C. (1999). Hierarchy in the forest. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
	CHASE, I.D. (1974). Models of hierarchy formation in animal societies. Behavioral Science, 19, 374-382.	LAVIS, J.N., McLEOD, M.A., CAMERON, A., MUSTARD C.A. & STODDART, G.L (2003). Is there a gradient in life span by position in the social hierarchy? American Journal of Public Health, 93 (5), 771-774.
	DEROGATIS, L.R., MELISRATOS, N. & CLARK, M.M. (1976). Gender and sexual experience as determinants in a sexual behavior hierarchy. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, (2), 85-105.	SIDANIUS, J., VAN LAAR, C., LEVIN, S. & SINCLAIR, S. (2003). Social hierarchy maintenance and assortment into social roles : A social dominance perspective. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 6, 333-352.
		WITTIG, R.M. & BOESCH, C. (2003). Food competition and linear dominance hierarchy among female chimpanzees of the Taï National Park. International Journal of Primatology 24, 847–867. [PDF]
	BARNARD, C.J. & BURK, T. (1979). Dominance hierarchies and the evolution of “individual recognition. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 81, 65–73.	BERGMAN, T.J., BEEHNER, J., CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFERTH, R.M. (2003). Hierarchical classification by rank and kinship in baboons. Science 302, 1234–1236.
	CHASE, I.D. (1980). Social process and hierarchy formation in small groups : A comparative perspective. American Sociological Review, 45 (6), 905-924.	ADAMS E.S. (2005). Bayesian analysis of linear dominance hierarchies. Animal Behaviour, 69, 1191-1201.
	SMITH, S.K. & BREED, M.D. (1982). Olfactory cues in discrimination among individuals in dominance hierarchies in the cockroach, Nauphoeta cinerea. Physiological Entomology, 7, 337-341.
	CHASE, I.D. (1982). Dynamics of hierarchy formation : The sequential development of dominance relationships. Behaviour, 80, 218-240.
	APPLEBY, M.C. (1983). The probability of linearity in hierarchies. Animal Behaviour, 31 (2), 600-608.
	NELISSEN, M.H.J. (1985). Structure of the dominance hierarchy and dominance determining “group factors” in Melanochromatis auratus. Behaviour 94, 85–107.

Hiérarchie formelle : Hiérarchie dont les rangs ainsi que ceux qui les occupent sont nommées par l'organisation. Dans ce type de hiérarchie le pouvoir de l'organisation (payer ses employés, les congédiée, leur offrir des promotions, etc.) est délégué aux supérieurs, haut-gradés, cadres, etc, dont la fonction est d'exercer ce pouvoir afin que l'organisation atteigne ses objectifs.

Hiérarchie informelle : Hiérarchie qui repose sur le pouvoir individuel, plutôt que sur le pouvoir que l'organisation accorde à certains de ses membres. Dans une hiérarchie informelle les individus ne connaissent pas leurs rangs.

Higgins E. Tory ( ) : Psychosociologue canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants sociaux de la cognition et plus particulièrement de la prise de décision. Collaborateur de Clarke, Kruglanski, Levine et Zanna.

	HUTTENLOCHER, J., HIGGINS, E.T. & CLARK, H.H. (1972). On reasoning, congruence, and other matters. Psychological Review, 79 (5), 420-427.
	HIGGINS, E.T. (1987). Self-discrepancy : A theory relating self and affect. Psychological Review, 94 (3), 319-340.
	HIGGINS, E.T. (1997). Beyond pleasure and pain. American Psychologist, 52, 1280-1300.
	HIGGINS, E.T. (1998). The aboutness principle : A pervasive influence on human inference. Social Cognition, 16, 173-198.
	HIGGINS, E.T. (2006). Value from hedonic experience and engagement. Psychological Review, 113 (3), 439-460.

Higgins Stephen T. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé en pharmacologie béhaviorale, notamment dans l'étude de la cocaïne. Collaborateur de Bickle, Katz, Morris et Stitzer.

	HIGGINS, S.T., STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G.E. & LIEBSON, I.A. (1986). Contingent methadone delivery : effects on illicit-opiate use. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 17 (4), 311–322.
	HIGGINS, S.T., BUDNEY AJ, BICKEL WK, HUGHES JR, FOERG F. & BADGER G. (1993). Achieving cocaine abstinence with a behavioral approach. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150 (5), 763–769.
	HIGGINS, S. T., BICKEL, W.K. & HUGHES, J.R. (1994). Influence of an alternative reinforcer on human cocaine self-administration. Life Sciences, 55, 179–187.
	HIGGINS, S.T., BUDNEY, A.J., BICKEL, W.K., FOERG, F.G., DONHAM, R. & BADGER, G.J. (1994) Incentives improve behavioral treatment of cocaine dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 568-576.
	HIGGINS, S.T. & KATZ, J.L. (1998). Cocaine abuse : Behavior, pharmacology, and clinical applications. Academic Press.

High Ability Studies : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la créativité Éditeur : Taylor & Francis. .

LUBART, T.I. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1998). Creativity across time and place : Lifespan and cross-cultural perspectives. High Ability Studies, 9 (1), 59-74.

Hilbert David (Wehlau Prusse 1862-1943 Göttingen Allemand) : Mathématicien et logicien allemand. Membre du Cercle de Berlin.

Hilgard Ernest Ropiequet (Belleville Illinois 1904-2001 Palo Alto) : Psychologue béhavioriste et historien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage, de l'hypnose et de la douleur. Président de l'APA en 1949. Collaborateur de Bower, Marquis, Kelly, Shaffer et Weitzenhoffer.

No 29	HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1935). Acquisition, extinction, and retention of the conditioned response to light in dogs. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 19, 29-58.
	HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1961). Conditioning and learning. New York : Appleton Century-Crofts/Gregory A. Kimble.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1969). Pain as a puzzle for psychology and physiology. American Psychologist, 24, 103-113.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1971). Hypnotic phenomena : The struggle for scientific acceptance. AmericanScientist, 567-577.
	HILGARD, E.R. (Ed.) (1978). American psychology in historical perspective. Washington : APA.

	MAESTRE, M.V., TORTOSA, F., SAMPER, P. & NACHER, M.J. (2002). Psychology’s evolution through its texts : Analysis of E. R. Hilgard’s Introduction to Psychology. Psicothema, 14, (4), 810-815. [PDF]

Hillix William A. ( ) : Psychologue et historien des sciences. Collaborateur de Marx et Rumbaugh.

	MARX, M.H. & HILLIX, W.A. (1973). Systems and theories in psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill.
	RUMBAUGH, D.M., WASHBURN, D.A. & HILLIX, W.A. (1996). Respondents, operants, and emergents : Toward an integrated perspective on behavior. In K. Pribram & J. King (Eds.), Learning as a self-organizing process (pp. 57-73). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
	HILLIX, W.A. & RUMBAUGH, D.M. (2003). Animal bodies, human minds : Ape, dolphin, and parrot language skills. Springer Us.

Hillner Kenneth P. ( ) : Psychologue et historien des sciences.

	HILLNER, K.P. (1978). Psychology of learning : a conceptual analysis. Oxford/New York : Pergamon Press.
	HILLNER, K.P. (1979). Conditioning in contemporary perspective. Springer Pub Co.
	HILLNER, K.P. (1984). History et systems of modern psychology : a conceptual approach. New York : Gardner Press.
	HILLNER, K.P. (1987). Psychology's compositional problem. Amsterdam New York : Elsevier.
	HILLNER, K.P. (2000). A psychological approach to ethical reality. Amsterdam New York : Elsevier.

Hinde Robert A. (Norwich Angleterre 1923-) : Psychologue et éthologiste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la communication non-verbale et de l'agressivité. Collaborateur de Bateson.

	HINDE R.A. (1970/75). Animal behaviour : a synthesis of ethology and comparative psychology / Le comportement animal. New York : McGraw-Hill/Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	HINDE, R.A. (1970). Animal signals : Ethological and games-theory approaches are not incompatible. Animal Behavior, 29, 535-542.
	HINDE, R.A. & HINDE, J. (Eds.) (1973). Constraints on learning : limitations and predispositions. New York : Academic Press.
	BATESON, P.P.G. & HINDE R.A. (Eds) (1976). Growing points in ethology. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
	HINDE, R.A. (1998). Why gods persist : A scientific approach to religion. London : Routledge.

Hineline Philip N. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage, du comportement verbal, de l'aversion et du renforcement négatif. Étudiant de Herrnstein et Skinner. Collaborateur de Catania et Rachlin.

	HINELINE, P.N. & RACHLIN, H. (1969). Notes on fixed-ratio and fixed-interval escape responding in the pigeon. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12, 397-401.
	HINELINE, P. (1978). Warm-up in free-operant avoidance as a function of the response-shock = shock-shock interval. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3), 281-291. [PDF]
	HINELINE, P.N. (1980). The language of behavior analysis : Its community, its function, and its limitations. Behaviorism, 8, 67-86.
	HINELINE, P.N. (1984). Aversive control : A separate domain? Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42, (3), 495-509.
	HINELINE, P.N. & WANCHISEN, B.A. (1989). Correlated hypothesizing and the distinction between contingency-shaped and rule-governed behavior. In S.C. Hayes (Ed.), Rule-governed behavior : cognition, contingencies and instructional control (pp. 221-236). New York : Plenum.

Hinshaw Stephen P. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude trouble d'hyperactivité avec déficit d'attention. Collaborateur de Henker, Pelham et Whalen.

	HINSHAW, S.P., HENKER. B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1984). Self-control in hyperactive boys in anger inducing situations : Effects of cognitive-behavioral training and of methylphenidate Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 12, 55-77.
	HINSHAW, S.P. (1987). On the distinction between attentional deficits/hyperactivity and conduct problems/aggression in child psychopathology. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 443-463.
	HINSHAW, S.P. & ERHARDT, D. (1991). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. In P.C. Kendall (Ed.), Childand adolescent therapy : Cognitive-behavioral procedures (pp. 98-128). New York : Guilford Press.
	HINSHAW, S.P. (2002). Process, mechanism, and explanation related to externalizing behavior problems. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 30, 431-445.
	HINSHAW, S.P. (2007). The mark of shame : Stigma of mental illness and an agenda for change. New York : Oxford University Press.

Hintzman Douglas L. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire et du jugement.

	HINTZMAN, D.L., BLOCK, R.A. & SUMMERS, J.J. (1973). Contextual associations and memory for serial position. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 97, 220-229.
	HINTZMAN, D.L. (1988). Judgments of frequency and recognition memory in a multiple-trace memory model. Psychological Review, 95, 528-551.
	HINTZMAN, D.L., CAULTON, D.A. & CURRAN, T. (1994). Retrieval constraints and the mirror effect. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 20 (2), 275-289. [PDF]
	HINTZMAN, D.L. (2003). Judgments of recency and their relation to recognition memory. Memory & Cognition, 31 (1), 26-34. [PDF]
	HINTZMAN, D.L. (2010). How does repetition affect memory? Evidence from judgments of recency. Memory & Cognition, 38, 102-115.

Hippocampe : Double structure du cerveau dont chaque exemplaire se divise en trois : le gyrus denté, le subiculum et la corne d'Ammon. Il joue un rôle dans le stockage en mémoire de l'information nouvelle (passage entre la mémoire à court terme et la mémoire à long terme) et dans le stockage et le rappel des informations de la mémoire épisodique. Il joue également un rôle dans, l'inhibition des comportements, l'interprétation des émotions. et l'orientation spatiale. N.D.L.R.: hippocampe prend un i et non un y. L'hippocampe et l'amygdale. = corne d'Ammon. Hippocampus, hippocampal region.


	MILNER, B. (1965). Memory disturbance after bilateral hippocampal lesions. In P.M. Milner & S.E. Glickman (Eds.), Cognitive processes and the brain (pp. 97-111). Patterson, NJ : VanNostrand.	WOOD, E.R., DUDCHENKO, P.A. & EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). The global record of memory in hippocampal neuronal activity. Nature, 397, 613-616.
	O'KEEFE, J. & DOSTROVSKY, J. (1971). The hippocampus as a spatial map. Preliminary evidence from unit activity in the freely-moving rat. Brain Research, 34, 171-175.	HOLLAND, P.C. LAMOUREUX, J.A., HAN, J.-S. & GALLAGHER, M. (1999). Hippocampal lesions interfere with negative occasion setting. Hippocampus, 9, 143-159.
	NADEL, L. & O'KEEFE, J. (1974). The hippocampus in pieces and patches : An essay on modes of explanation in physiological psychology. Dans R. Bellairs & E.G. Gray (Eds.), Essays on the nervous system : A festschrift for prof J.Z. Young (pp. 367-390). Oxford : Clarendon Press.	RAPP, P.R., STACK, E.C. & GALLAGHER, M. (1999). Morphometric studies of aged hippocampus : 1. Volumetric analysis in behaviorally characterized rats. The Journal of Comparative Neurology, 403, 459-470.
	PRIBRAM, K. & ISAACSON, R.L. (Eds.) (1975). The Hippocampus. New York : Plenum Press.	ZAIDEL, D.W. (1999). Quantitative morphology of human hippocampus early neuron development. The Anatomical Record, 254 (1), 87-91.
		McEWEN, BS. (1999). Stress and the aging hippocampus. Front Neuroendocrinology, 20, 49-70.
	GRALEWICZ, S. (1976). Electrical stimulation of the hippocampus and acquisition of the conditioned avoidance response in shuttle-box in cats. Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis, 36 (6), 639-654.	WEINBERGER, D.R. (1999). Cell biology of the hippocampal formation in schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry, 45, 395-402.
	O'KEEFE, J. & NADEL, L. (1978). The Hippocampus as a cognitive map. Oxford : Oxford University Press.	HOLLAND, P.C. & BOUTON, M.E. (1999). Hippocampus and context in classical conditioning. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 9, 195-202.
	WALSH, R.N. & CUMMINS, R.A. (1979). Changes in hippocampal neuronal nuclei in response to environmental stimulation. International Journal of Neusroscience, 9, 209−212.	EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). The hippocampus and mechanisms of declarative memory. Behavioural Brain Research, 103, 123–133.
		FROHARDT, R. J., GUARRACI, F.A. & BOUTON, M.E. (2000). The effects of neurotoxic hippocampal lesions on two effects of context after fear extinction. Behavioral Neuroscience, 114, 227-240.
	MORRIS, R.G.M., GARRUD, J.N., RAWLINS, J.N.P. & O'NKEEFE, J. (1982). Place navigation impaired in rats with hippocampal lesions. Nature, 297 (5868), 681-683.	VINOGRADOVA, O.S. (2001). Hippocampus as comparator : role of the two input and two output systems of the hippocampus in selection and registration of information. Hippocampus, 11, 578-598.
	SCHMAJUK, N.A. & ISAACSON, R.L. (1984). Classical contingencies in rats with hippocampal lesions. Physiology & Behavior, 33, 889-894.	SCHMAJUK, N.A. (2001). Hippocampal dysfunction in schizophrenia. Hippocampus, 11, 599-613.
	SCHMAJUK, N.A. (1985). Psychological theories of hippocampal function. Physiological Psychology, 12, 166-183.	KÖHLER, S., CRANE, J. & MILNER, B. (2002). Differential contributions of the parahippocampal place area and the anterior hippocampus to human memory for scenes. Hippocampus, 12, 718-723.
	LOBAUGH, N. J., BOOTIN, M. & AMSEL, A. (1985). Sparing of patterned alternation but not partial reinforcement effect after infant and adult hippocampal lesions in the rat. Behavioral Neuroscience, 99, 46-59.	HABIB, R., McINTOSH, A.R., WHEELER, M.A. & TULVING, E. (2003). Memory encoding and hippocampally-based novelty/familiarity discrimination networks. Neuropsychologia, 41, 271-279.
	MORRIS, R.G.M., SCHENK, F., TWEEDIE, F. &. JARRARD, L.E. (1990). Ibotenate Lesions of Hippocampus and/or subiculum : Dissociating components of allocentric spatial learning. European Journal of Neuroscience, 2 (12), 1016-1028.
	SCHMAJUK, N.A. (1990). Role of the hippocampus in temporal and spatial navigation : An adaptive neural network. Behavioral Brain Research, 39, 205-229.	SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (2003). Memory and hippocampal specialization in food-storing birds: Challenges for research on comparative cognition. Brain, Behavior, and Evolution, 62, 108-116.
	EICHENBAUM, H., STEWART, C. & MORRIS, R.G.M. (1990). Hippocampal representation in place learning. The Journal of Neuroscience, 10 (11), 3531-3542. [PDF]
	SCHMAJUK, N.A. & BLAIR, H.T. (1993). Stimulus configuration, place learning, and the hippocampus. Behavioral Brain Research, 59, 103-117.	SPERLING, R.A., CHUA, E., COCCHIARELLA, A., RAND-GIOVANETTI, E., POLDRACK, R., SCHACTER, D.L. & ALBERT, M.S. (2003). Successful encoding of associative memories activates the anterior hippocampal formation. Neuroimage, 20, 1400-1410.
	SCHMAJUK, N.A., THIENNE, A.D. & BLAIR, H.T. (1993). Maps, routes, and the hippocampus : A neural network approach. Hippocampus, 3, 387-400.	ZEINEH, M.M., ENGEL S.A., HOMPSON, P.M. & BOOKHEINER, S.Y. (2003). Dynamics of the hippocampus during encoding and retrieval of face-name pairs. Science, 299, 577-580
	RAY, J.P., SCHINSTINE, D.A. & GAGE, F.H (1993) Proliferation, differentiation, and long-term culture of primary hippocampal neurons. PProceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 90, 3602-3606.	LUO, J. & NIKI, K. (2003). Function of hippocampus in “insight” of problem solving. Hippocampus, 13, 316-323.
	LONG, J.M. & KESNER, R.P. (1994). The effects of parietal cortex and hippocampal lesions on memory for allocentric distance, egocentric distance, and spatial location in rats. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 20, 1210.	FLORIAN, C. & ROULLET, P. (2004). Hippocampal CA3-region is crucial for acquisition and memory consolidation in Morris water maze task in mice. Behavioural Brain Research 154 (2), 365-374.
	WILSON, M.A. & McNAUGHTON, B.L. (1994) Reactivation of hippocampal ensemble memories during sleep. Science, 265, 676-679.	MOITA, M.A., ROSIS, S., ZHOU, Y., LEDOUX, J.E. & BLAIR, H.T. (2004). Putting fear in its place : remapping of hippocampal place cells during fear conditioning. Journal of Neuroscience, 24 (31), 7015-7023.
	McCLELLAND, J.L., McNAUGHTON, B.L. & O'REILLY, R.C. (1995). Why there are complementary learning systems in the hippocampus and neocortex : Insights from the successes and failures of connectionist models of learning and memory. Psychological Review, 102 (3), 419-457.	PRESTON, A.R., SHRAGER, Y., DUDUKOVIC, N.M. & GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2004). Hippocampal contribution to the novel use of relational information in declarative memory. Hippocampus, 14 (2), 148-152.
	PACKARD, M.G. & McGAUGH, J.L. (1996). Inactivation of hippocampus or caudate nucleus with lidocaine differentially affects expression of place and response learning. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 65, 65-72.	HARRISON, P.J. (2004). The hippocampus in schizophrenia : A review of the neuropathological evidence and its pathophysiological implications. Psychopharmacolgy, 174, 151-162.
	BUHUSI, C. & SCHMAJUK, N.A. (1996). Attention, configuration, and hippocampal function. Hippocampus, 6, 621-642.	PRESTON, A.R., SHOHAMY, D., TAMMINGA, C.A. & WAGNER, A.D. (2005). Hippocampal function, memory, and schizophrenia : Anatomical and functional neuroimaging considerations. Current Neurology and Neuroscience Reports, 5 (4), 249-256.
		CRUSIO, W.E. & H. Schwegler (2005). "Learning spatial orientation tasks in the radial-maze and structural variation in the hippocampus in inbred mice." Behavioral and Brain Functions 1 (3) [LIRE]
	SAKURAI, Y. (1996). Hippocampal and neocortical cell assemblies encode memory processes for different types of stimuli in the rat. Journal of Neuroscience, 16, 2809-2819.	MEETER, M., MYERS, C.E. & GLUCK, M.A. (2005). Integrating incremental learning and episodic memory models of the hippocampal region. Psychological Review,112 (3), 560-585.
		MORRIS, R.G.M., (2006) Elements of a neurobiological theory of hippocampal function : the role of synaptic plasticity, synaptic tagging and schemas. The EJN Award Lecture. European Journal of Neuroscience, 23, 2829-2846.
	LONG, J.M. & KESNER, R.P. (1996). The effects of dorsal vs. ventral hippocampal, total hippocampal, and parietal cortex lesions on memory for allocentric distance in rats. Behavioral Neuroscience, 110, 922-932	BANGASSER, D.A., WAXLER, D.E., SANTOLLO, J. & SHORS, T.J. (2006). Trace conditioning and the hippocampus : the importance of contiguity. Journal of Neuroscience, 26, 8702-8706. JI, D. & WILSON, M.A. (2007) Coordinated memory replay in the visual cortex and hippocampus during sleep. Nature Neuroscience, 10, 100-107.
	HAMPTON, R.R. & SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1996). Hippocampus and memory in a food-storing and a non-storing bird species. Behavioral Neuroscience, 110, 946-964.	KYD, RJ., PEARCE, J.M, HASELGROVE, M, AMIN, E. & AGGLETON, J.P. (2008). The effects of hippocampal system lesions on a novel temporal discrimination task for rats. Behavioural Brain Research, 187 (1), 159-171.
	ZAIDEL D.W., ESIRI, M.M. & HARRISON, P.J. (1997). Size, shape, and orientation of neurons in the left and right hippocampus : Investiga- tion of normal asymmetries and alterations in schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry 154, 812-818.	NISHIMURA, M., GU, X. & SWANN, J.W. (2011). Seizures in early life suppress hippocampal dendrite growth while impairing spatial learning. Neurobiology of Disease, 44 (2), 205-214.
		EPSTEIN L.H., CARR K.A., CAVANAUGH, M.D., PALUCH, R.A. & Bouton, M.E. (2011). Long-term habituation to food in obese and nonobese women. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 94, 371-376.

Hippocampus : Revue scientifique de neuroanatomie et de neuropsychologie qui s'intéresse à la relation entre le cerveau et la mémoire.

SHORS, T.J., TOWNSHEND, D.A., ZHAO, M., KOZOROVITSKIY, Y. & GOULD, E. (2002). Neurogenesis may relate to some but not all types of hippocampal-dependent learning. Hippocampus, 12 (5), 578-84.

Hirschfeld Magnus (1868-1935) : Médecin allemand et pionnier de la sexologie.

	HIRSCHFELD, M. (1935). Sex in human relationships. London : John Lane the Bodley Head.
	HIRSCHFELD, M. (1938). Racism. London : Victor Gollancz Ltd.
	HIRSCHFELD, M. (1938). Sexual anomalies and perversions : Physical and psychological development, diagnosis and treatment. London : Encyclopaedic Press.

His Wilhelm (Bâle 1863-1934) : Physiologiste et anatomiste suisse, spécialiste du coeur. Il a découvert un cellules musculaires cardiaques spécialisées dans la conduction électrique, qui porte aujourd'hui son nom, et nommé l'hypothalamus.

Histogramme : Type de graphique qui représente sous forme de classe les variations d'une variable quantitatives continues. Elle est formée en traçant, dans un plan cartésien, un rectangle dont la hauteur est proportionnelle à la fréquence absolue ou relative de la classe. EX: Le revenu (variable quantitative continue) exprimé en classe de 0 à 40,00 $. Ici gramme signifie «mesure» et histo, «historique» (d'un phénomène). = diagramme à colonnes, diagramme de barres, diagramme à bâtons. Bar char, bar graph, histogram.


	SCOTT, D.W. (1979). On optimal and data-based histograms. Biometrika 66 (3), 605-610.
	LETHIELLEUX, M. (1999). Statistique descriptive. Paris : Dunod.
	GILLES, A. (1984). Éléments de méthodologie et d'analyse statistique pour les sciences sociales. St-Laurent : Mcgraw-Hill Éditeurs.

Histoire/Historien : Science empirique et discursive qui étudie le passé; ses événements, ses acteurs, et l'organisation sociale, politique, économique et militaire des sociétés et des civilisations disparues et actuelles. ( ): Bouchard, Cohen, Dionne, Duhem, Dumont, Fahmy-Eid, Forget, Foucault, Johnson, Hite, Massoud, Patry, Rogers, Rosanvallon, Roszak, Zinn. History.

	BUNGE, M. (1988). The scientific status of history. In U. Hinke-Dörnemann (Ed.), Die philosophie in der modernen welt (Vol. I, pp. 593-602). Frankfurt : Peter Lang.

Histoire de la psychologie/des sciences : Branche de l'histoire qui se spécialise dans l'étude des sciences, y compris la psychologie, des scientifiques et de leurs découvertes. ( ): Aizawa, Allen, Ansart, Baldwin, Ballantyne, Bélanger, Bjork, Boring, Bound-Alberti, Brennan, Brett, Brunswick, Coleman, Crow, Dewsbury, Ellenbeger, Fausto-Sterling, Flugel, Foucault, Gingras, Green, Grob, Hall, Heidbreder, Hergenhahn, Hersen, Hilgard, Hillner, Holton, Hunt, Kadzin, Kantor, Kimble, Koyré, Leahey, Lindzey, Lundin, Mengal, Murchison, Murphy, Musgrave, Parent, Reuchlin, Ribot, Rogers, Salomon, Schultz, Serres, Shorter, Smith, Tolman, Toulmin, Thuillier, Todd, Wade, Watson, Wertheimer, Windholz, Woodworth, Wozniak, Zusne.

	BORING, E.G. (1929/1957). A history of experimental psychology. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts.	HILGARD, E.R., LEARY, D.E. & McGUIRE, G.E. (1991). The history of psychology : A survey and critical assessement. Annual Review of Psychology, 42, 79-107.
	TERMAN, L.M. (1941). Should the historian study psychology? Pac Hist. Rev., 10 (2), 209-216.	VINEY, W. (1993). A history of psychology. Ideas and context. Boston : Allyn and Bacon.
	ROBACK, A.A. (1964). History of American psychology. New York/London : Collier-Macmillan.	HUNT, M. (1994). The story of psychology. New York : Double Day.
	KANTOR, J.R. (1964). History of psychology : What benefits? Psychological Record, 14, 433-443.	SIMONTON, D.K. (1995). Behavioral laws in histories of psychology : Psychological science, metascience, and the psychology of science. Psychological Inquiry, 6 (2), 89-114.
	KANTOR, J.R. (1968). Behaviorism in the history of psychology. Psychological Record, 18, 151-166.	HOTHERSALL, D. (1995). History of psychology. Toronto : McGraw-Hill.
	FLUGEL, J.C. & WEST, D.J. (1970). A hundred years of psychology. Part V : 1933-1963. New York : International Universities Press.	BENJAFIELD, J.G. (1996). A history of psychology. Massachusetts : Allyn and Bacon.
	MARX, M.H. & HILLIX, W.A. (1973). Systems and theories in psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill.	KIMBLE, G.A., WERTHEIMER, M. & WHITE, C. (Eds.) (1998). Portraits of pioneers in psychology. Washington, DC : American Psychological Association and Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
	REUCHLIN, M. (1978). Histoire de la psychologie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	BRENNAN, J.F. (1998). Readings in the history and systems of psychology. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice-Hall.
	WERTHEIMER, M. (1979/87/2000). A brief history of psychology. New York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston.	BRAUNSTEIN, J.-F. & PEWZNER, E. (2000/2010). Histoire de la psychologie. Paris : Armand Collin.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1987). Psychology in America : A historical survey. San Diego : Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.	DEWSBURY, D.A. (2000). Frank A. Beach, master teacher. In G.A. Kimble and M. Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of pioneers in psychology (Vol. 4, pp. 268-283). Washington, DC : American Psychological Association.
	STAGNER, R. (1988). A history of psychological theories. New York : Macmillan.	PICKREN, W.E. & DEWBURY, D.A. (2002). Evolving perspectives on the history of psychology. Washington, D.C. : APA Books.
	MURRAY, D.J. (1988). A history of Western psychology. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice Hall.	HERGENHAHN, B.R. (2002/2007). An introduction to the history of psychology / Introduction à l'histoire de la psychologie. Toronto : Wadsworth/Mont-Royal : Groupe Modulo.
	FANCHER, R.E. (1990). Pioneers of psychology. New York : W.W. Norton & Company, Inc.	GOODWIN, C.J. (2005). A history of modern psychology. Toronto : John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
	YAROSHEVSKY, M. (1990). A history of psychology. Moscow : Progress Publishers.	NICOLAS, S. & FERRAND, L. (2008). Les grands courants de la psychologie moderne et contemporaine - Histoire documentaire des systèmes et écoles de psychologie. Deboeck.
	LEAHEY, T.H. (1991). A history of modern psychology. Englewood Cliff, NJ : Prentice-Hall.	PICKREN, W.E. & RUTHERFORD, A. (2010). A history of modern psychology in context. New York : Wiley.

Histoire des contingences : Somme des apprentissages d'un individu qui résultent de son intéraction avec l'environnement physique et social (contingences). Histoire et programme de renforcement/punition. Reinforcement history.

	WEINER, H. (1964). Conditioning history and human fixed-interval performance. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7 (5), 383–385. [PDF]
	BOUTON, M.E. & KING, D.A. (1986). Effect of context on performance to conditioned stimuli with mixed histories of reinforcement and nonreinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 12, 4-15.
	WANCHISEN, B.A. (1990). Forgetting the lessons of history. The Behavior Analyst, 13 (1), 31–37. [PDF]
	ST-PETER-PIPKIN, C. & VOLLMER, T.R. (2009). Applied implications of reinforcement history effects. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (1), 83-103. [LIRE]

Histoire ontogénétique : Renvoie aux expériences d'un organisme avec son milieu tout au long de sa vie. EX: Apprendre à patiner ou à nager fait partie de l'histoire ontogénétique d'un individu. C-EX: Saliver en présence de nourriture ne fait pas partie de l'histoire ontogénétique d'un individu. Ontogenetic history.

Histoire phylogénétique : De phylum, qui signifie «suites de formes revêtues par les ascendants d'une lignée ou d'une espèce» et de genèse qui signifie «histoire des origines». Renvoie aux caractéristiques d'une espèce qui ont été sélectionnés par l'évolution. Ces caractéristiques incluent les comportements innés. EX: Fermer les paupières lorsqu'on entend un bruit très fort est un comportement réflexe qui fait partie de l'histoire phylogénétique de l'espèce humaine. = phylogénèse. Phylogenetic history, phylogeny.

	NISSEN, H.W. (1951). Pylogenetic comparison. In S.S. Stevens (Ed.), Handbook of experimental psychology (pp. 347-386). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
	SKINNER, B.F. (1966). The phylogeny and ontogeny of behavior. Science, 153, 1205-1213.

Historigramme : Variété d'histogramme qui illustre l'évolution d'un phénomène dans le temps (= historio). EX: le nombre d'enfants par famille depuis les années 50. = chronogramme. Historigram.

History of Psychiatry : Revue scientifique consacrée à l'histoire de la psychiatry. Éditeur : Sage.

HARRIS, M., CHANDRAN, S., CHAKRABORTY, N. & HEALY, D. (2005). The impact of mood stabilizers on bipolar disorder : The 1890s and 1990s compared. History of Psychiatry, 16, 423-434.

History of Psychology : Revue scientifique consacrée à l'histoire de la psychologie. Éditeur : APA.

SHIELDS, S.A. (2007). Passionate men, emotional women : Psychology constructs gender difference in the late 19th century. History of Psychology, 10, 92-110.

Hitch Graham J. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire. En collaboration avec Baddeley, il a développé le concept de mémoire de travail, proposé à l'origine par Shiffrin et Atkinson. Collaborateur de Baddeley, Gathercole, et Towse.

	BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1974). Working Memory. In G.A. Bower (Ed.), Recent advances in Learning & Motivation (Vol. 8, pp. 47-90). New York : Academic Press.
	HITCH, G.J. (1974). Short-term memory for spatial and temporal information. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 26, 503-513.
	HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 302-323.
	HITCH, G.J. & LOGIE, R.H. (Eds.) (1996). Working memory. Hove : Psychology Press.
	HITCH, G.J., FASTAME, M.C. & FLUDE, B. (2005). How is the serial order of a verbal sequence coded ? Some comparisons between models. Memory, 3-4, 247-258.

Hite Shere (Saint-Joseph États-Unis 1942-) : Historienne allemande d'origine américaine et auteure du célèbre rapport Hite.

	HITE, S. (1974). Sexual honesty, by women, for women.
	HITE, S. (1976/2004/1979). The Hite report on female sexuality / Le rapport Hite. Paris : Robert Laffont.
	HITE, S. (1981/83). The Hite report on men and male sexuality / Le rapport Hite sur les hommes. Paris : Robert Laffont.
	HITE, S. (1987/88). Women and love : A cultural revolution in progress / Les femmes et l'amour : un nouveau rapport Hite. Paris : Stock.
	HITE, S. (1999). Rivales ou amies : le nouveau rapport Hite sur les femmes d'aujourd'hui. Paris : Albin Michel.

Hitler Adolph : Hitler et le nazisme.

	MURRAY, H.A. (1943). Analysis of the personality of Adolph Hitler : With predictions of his future behavior and suggestions for dealing with him now and after Germany's surrender. Washington, DC : OSS Archives.
	MURRAY, H.A. (1943). Analysis of the personality of Adolph Hitler. Cornell University Law Library.
	DOOB, L.W. (1950). Goebbels' principles of propaganda. The Public Opinion Quarterly, 14 (3), 419-423. [PDF]

Hitschmann Eduard (Vienne 1871-1957 États-Unis) : Psychanalyste autrichien et membre de la Société psychologique du mercredi.

	HITSCHMANN, E. (1911/1917). Freud's theories of the neuroses. New York : Moffat, Yard and company.
	HITSCHMANN, E. (1920). Theory of instinct and sexuality. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 1, 275-276.
	HITSCHMANN, E. (1943). Neurotic bashfulness and erythrophobia. Psychoanalytic Review,30, 438-446.
	HITSCHMANN, E. & BERGLER, E. (1949). Frigidity in women-restatement and renewed experiences. Psychoanalytic Review, 36, 45-53.
	HITSCHMANN, E. (1952). Freud's conception of love. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 33, 421-428.

Hjelmslev Louis (Copenhague 1899-1965) : Linguiste danois et chef de file du Cercle linguistique de Copenhague. Il est l'un des pionniers du structuralisme linguistique. Collaborateur de Togeby.

	HJELMSLEV, L. (1928/29). Principes de grammaire générale. Copenhague : Bianco Lunos Bogtrykkeri.
	HJELMSLEV, L. (1963/91). Prolégomènes à une théorie du langage. Paris : Minuit.
	HJELMSLEV, L. (1963/91). Le langage. Paris : Minuit.
	HJELMSLEV, L. (1985). Nouveaux essais. Paris : Presses universitaires de France.
	HJELMSLEV, L. (1935-1937/72). La catégorie des cas. Étude de grammaire générale. München : W. Fink.

HM (Le cas de...) : Henry Gustav Molaison (1926-2008) est le célèbre patient de Milner, qui souffrait d'épilepsie. Pour remedier à ce problème, il a subi en 1955 l'ablation d'une grande partie de son hippocampe. À la suite de cette opération, on a constaté qu'il était devenu incapable de former de nouveaux souvenirs (amnésie antérograde). Ce cas est à l'origine de l'hypothèse selon laquelle l'hippocampe joue un rôle déterminant dans la mémoire. Le cas de HM et l'analyse des déficits cognitifs.

	SCOVILLE, W.B. & MILNER, B. (1957). Loss of recent memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 20, 11-21.

Hobbes Thomas (Westport Angleterre 1588-1679 Hardwick Angleterre) : Philosophe empiriste anglais et politologue avant la lettre.

	HOBBES, T. (1651). Le leviathan ou la matière, la forme et le pouvoir d'une république ecclésiastique et civile.

Hobbs Nicholas (Greenville1915-1983) : Psychologue écologiste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du rôle de la famille dans le développement pathologique. Président de l'APA en 1966. Collaborateur de Gray.

	HOBBS, N. (Ed.) (1971). The prospects for higher education. Atlanta, Georgia : Southern Newspaper Publishers Association Foundation.
	HOBBS, N. (1978). Families, schools, and communities : An ecosystem for children. Teachers College Record, 79 (4), 756-766.
	HOBBS, N. (1980). Feuerstein's instrumental enrichment; Teaching intelligence to adolescents. Educational Leadership, 37 (7), 566-568.
	HOBBS, N. (1982). The troubled and troubling child : Reeducation in mental health, education, and human services programs for children and youth. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass Inc.
	HOBBS, N. & ROBINSON, S. (1982). Adolescent development and public policy. American Psychologist, 37, (2), 212-230.

Hockey : Sport. Hockey.

	MULLET, G.M. (1977). Simæ on Poisson and the National Hockey League. The American Statistician, 8-12.
	WRIGHT, E. F., VOYER, D., WRIGHT, R.D. & RONEY, C. (1995). Supporting audiences and performance under pressure: The home-ice disadvantage in hockey championships. Journal of Sport Behavior, 18, 21-28.
	GAUDREAU, P., AMIOT, C. & VALLERAND, R.J. (2009). Trajectories of affective states in adolescent hockey players : Turning point and motivational antecedents. Developmental Psychology, 45, 307-319.

Hodges Jill ( ) : Psychologue anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude du développement et de l'attachement. Avec Tizard, elle a réalisé une recherche longitudinale sur l'attachement. Collaboratrice de Tizard.

	TIZARD, B. & HODGES, J. (1978). The effect of early institutional rearing on the development of eight year old children. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 19, 99-118.
	HODGES, J. & TIZARD, B. (1989). IQ and behavioural adjustment of ex-institutional adolescents. Journal of Child Psychiatry & Psychology, 30, 53-75.
	HODGES, J. & TIZARD, B. (1989). Social and family relationships of ex-institutional adolescents. Journal of Child Psychiatry & Psychology, 30, 77-97. [PDF]
	HODGES, J., LANYADO, M. & ANDREOU, C. (1994). Sexuality and violence : preliminary clinical hypotheses from the psychotherapeutic assessments in a research programme on young sexual offenders. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 20, 283-308.
	STEELE, M., HODGES, J., KANIUK, J., HILLMAN, S. & HENDERSON, K. (2003). Attachment representations and adoption : associations between maternal states of mind and emotion narratives in previously maltreated children. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 29 (2), 187-205.

Hodgkin Alan Loyd (1914-1998) : Biologiste anglais et lauréat du prix Nobel de médecine et de physiologie. On lui doit la découverte des mécanismes du potentiel d'action (pommpes à ions), en collaboration avec Huxley (étude sur le calmar). Collaborateur de Huxley.

	HODGKIN, A.L, HUXLEY, A.F. & KATZ, B. (1952). Measurement of current-voltage relations in the membrane of the giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4), 424-448.
	HODGKIN, A..L & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). Currents carried by sodium and potassium ions through the membrane of the giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116, (4), 449-472
	HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). A quantitative description of membrane current and its application to conduction and excitation in nerve. Journal of Physiology, 117, 500-544.
	HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The dual effect of membrane potential on sodium conductance in the giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4), 497-506.
	HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The components of membrane conductance in the giant axon of loligo.Journal of Physiology, 116 (4), 473-496.

Hodson Gordon ( ) : Psychosociologue canadien, spécialiste du racisme. Étudiant de Dovidio. Collaborateur de Olson.

	HODSON, G., DOVIDIO, J.F., & ESSES, V.M. (2003). Ingroup identification as a moderator of positive-negative asymmetry in social discrimination. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 215-233.
	HODSON, G., DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L. (2004). The aversive form of racism. In J.L. Lau (Ed.), The psychology of prejudice and discrimination (Vol 1., pp. 119-135). Westport, CT : Praeger Press.
	HODSON, G. & ESSES, V.M. (2005). Lay perceptions of ethnic prejudice : Causes, solutions, and individual differences. European Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 329-344.
	HODSON, G. (2008). Interracial prison contact : The pros for (socially dominant) cons. British Journal of Social Psychology, 47, 325-351.
	HODSON, G. (2011). Do ideologically intolerant people benefit from intergroup contact? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 20, 154-159.

Hoffman Hunter ( ) : Pyschologue cognitivo-béhavioriste, spécialisé dans l'utilisation de la réalité virtuelle et de la cyberpsychologie pour soigner les phobies, notamment la peur des araignées. Collaborateur de Loftus.

	HOFFMAN, H.G. (1996). The role of memory strength in reality monitoring decisions : Evidence from source attribution Biases. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory and Cognition, 23 (2), 371-383.
	CARLIN, A.S., HOFFMAN, H.G. & WEGHORST, S. (1997). Virtual reality and tactile augmentation in the treatment of spider phobia : A case study. Behavior Research & Therapy, 35 (2), 153-158.
	LOFTUS, E.F., NUCCI, M. & HOFFMAN, H.G. (1998). Manufacturing memory. American Journal of Forensic Psychology, 16, 63-75.
	DIFEDE, J. & HOFFMAN, H.G. (2002). Virtual reality exposure therapy for World Trade Center post-traumatic stress disorder : a case report. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 5 (6), 529-535.
	HOFFMAN, H.G., GARCIA-PALACIOS, A., CARLIN, C., FURNESS, T.A. III and BOTELLA-AARBONA, C. (2003). Interfaces that heal : Coupling real and virtual objects to cure spider phobia. International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction, 15, 469-486.

Hofmann Albert (Baden Suisse 1906-2008 à Burg Suisse) : Chimiste suisse. Il a découvert le LSD.

	HOFMANN, A. (1979). LSD mon enfant terrible. Esprit frappeur.

Hofstadter Douglas (1945-) : Physicien, mathématicien et philosophe cognitiviste américain. Professeur de Chalmers. Collaborateur de Dennett.

	HOFSTADTER, D.R. & DENNETT, D.C. (Eds.) (1981). The mind's I : Fantasies and reflections on self and soul. New York : Basic Books.
	HOFSTADTER, D.R. (1979/88). Gödel, Escher, Bach: an eternal golden Braid. New York : Basic Books. Gödel, Escher, Bach, les brins d'une guirlande éternelle. Paris : Interéditions.
	HOFSTADTER, D.R. (1995). On seeing A's and seeing As. Stanford Humanities Review, 4 (2), 109-121.
	HOFSTADTER, D.R. (1996). Ma thémagie : en quête de l'essence de l'esprit et du sens. Paris : Interéditions.
	HOFSTADTER, D.R. (2001). Analogy as the core of cognition. In D. Gentner, K.J. Holyoak & B.N. Kokinov (Eds.), The analogical mind : Perspectives from cognitive science (pp. 499-538). Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press/Bradford Book.

Hogan Robert ( ) : Psychologue industriel américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité et du leadership. Il est un des signataires du Groupe des 52.

	HOGAN, R. & HOGAN, J. (1997). Hogan development survey manual. Tulsa, OK : Hogan Assessment Systems.
	HOGAN, R. & HOGAN, J. (2001). Assessing leadership : A view from the dark side. International Journal of Selection & Assessment, 9, 40–51.
	HOGAN, R.& HOLLAND, B. (2003). Using theory to evaluate personality and job performance relations : A socioanalytic perspective. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 100–112.
	HOGAN, R.& WARRENFLELZ, R. (2003). Educating the modern manager. Academy of Management Learning & Education, 2, 74–84.
	HOGAN, R. & KAISER, R.B. (2005). What we know about leadership. Review of General Psychology, 9 (2), 169-180. [PDF]

Hoge Robert D. ( ) : Psychologue canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la douance. Collaborateur de Renzulli.

	HOGE, R.D. (1984). The definition and measurement of teacher expectations : problems and prospects. Canadian Journal of Education, 9, 213-228.
	HOGE, R.D. & COLADARCI, T. (1989). Teacher-based judgements of academic achievement : A review of literature. Review of Educational Research, 59, 297–313. [PDF]
	HOGE, R.D. (1989). An examination of the giftedness construct. Canadian Journal of Education, 14, 6-17.
	HOGE, R.D. & McSHEFFREY,, R. (1991). An investigation of self-concept in gifted children. Exceptional Children, 57, 238-245.
	HOGE, R.D. (2002). Standardized instruments for assessing risk and need in youthful offenders. Criminal Justice & Behavior, 29, 380-396.

Hoglen Per ( ) : Psychiatre et psychanalyste norvégien, spécialisé dans l'étude empirique des fondements et de l'efficacité de la psychanalyse et de la thérapie psychodynamique. Il s'intérese notamment au transfert.

	HOGLEND, P. (1993). Personality disorders and long-term outcome after brief dynamic psychotherapy. Journal of Personalaty Disorders, 7, 168-181.
	HOGLEND, P. (2003). Long-term effects of brief dynamic psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Research, 13, 271-292.
	HOGLEND, P. (2004). Analysis of transference in psychodynamic psychotherapy : a review of empirical research. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 12, 279-300.
	HOGLEND, P., AMLO, S, MARBLE, A., BOGWALD, K.P., SORBYE, SJAASTAD, M.C. & HEYERDAHL, O. (2006). Analysis of the patient-therapist relationship in dynamic psychotherapy : An experimental study of transference interpretations. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1739-1746.
	HOGLEND, P., BOGWALD, K.P., AMLO, S., MARBLE, A., ULBERG, R.A., COSGROVE-SJAASTD, M., SORBYE, O., HEYERDAHL, O. & JOHANSSON, P. (2008). Transference interpretations in dynamic Psychotherapy : Do they really yield sustained effects? The American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, (6) [LIRE]

Holbach Paul Henri Tiryde (Edesheim Rhénanie-Palatinat 1723-1789) : Voir D'Holbach.

Holbrook Morris B. ( ) : Spécialiste américain de la publicité et de la mise en marché.

	HOLBROOK, M.B. & HIRSHMAN, E.C. (1982). The experiential aspects of consumption : Consumer fantasies, feelings and fun. Journal of Consumer Research, 9, 132-140.
	HOLBROOK, M.B. (1986). Aims, concepts, and methods for the representation of individual difference in esthetic responses to design features. Journal of Consumer Research, 13, (3), 337-347.
	HOLBROOK, M.B. (1987). Mirror, mirror, on the wall, what's unfair in the reflections on advertising. Journal of Marketing, 51, 95-103.
	HOLBROOK, M.B. (1999). Consumer value : a framework for analysis and research. London : Routledge.
	HOLBROOK, M.B. (2003). Adventures in complexity : An essay on dynamic open complex adaptive systems, butterfly effects, self-organizing order, coevolution, the ecological perspective, fitness landscapes, market spaces, emergent beauty at the edge of chaos, and all that jazz. Columbia University : Academy of Marketing Science. [PDF]

Holisme : Du grec holos qui signifie «entier, tout». Doctrine philosophique qui affirme que l'on ne connaît vraiment un être, une chose ou un groupe (objet d'étude) que si l'on connaît l'ensemble du système dont il est fait partie : le tout. La thèse forte du holisme affirme même que les parties du tout sont influencés par le tout. /individualisme méthodologique, élémentarisme, atomiste. Holism.

	SMUTS J.C. (1926). Holism and evolution. London : Macmillan & Co Ldt.
	DREYFUS, H.L. (1980). Holism and hermeneutics. Review of Metaphysic, 34, (1), 3-24.
	ALLIK, J. & DRESCHLER, G. (1999). German holism revisited: Really? Culture & Psychology, 5, 239-247.
	BUNGE, M. (2000). Systemism : The alternative to individualism and holism. Journal of Socio-Economics, 29, 47-157.
	VARNUM, M., GROSSMAN, I., KITAYAMA, S. & NISBETT, R.E. (2008). Holism in a European cultural context. Cognition & Culture, 8, 321-333.

Holland James G. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Skinner.

	HOLLAND, J.G. (1958). Counting by humans on a fixed-ratio schedule of reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (2), 179-181. [PDF]
	SKINNER, B.F. & HOLLAND, J.G. (1960). The use of teaching machines in college instruction (Parts II-IV). In A.A. Lumsdaine & R. Glaser (Eds.), Teaching machines and programmed learning : A source book (pp. 159-172). Washington, DC : Department of Audio-Visual Instruction, National Education Association.
	HOLLAND, J.G. & SKINNER, B.F. (1961). The analysis of behavior. A program for self-instruction. New York : McGraw-Hill.
	LEMARRE, J. & HOLLAND, J.G. (1985). The functional independence of mands and tacts. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43, 5-19. [PDF]
	HOLLAND, J.G. (1989). Language and the continuity of species. In S.C. Hayes & L.J. Hayes (Eds.), Analysis of verbal behavior. Boston : Suthors cooperative.

Holland John Henry (Fort Wayne 1929-) : Mathématicien, physicien et psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine américaine, spécialisé en intelligence artificielle. Collaborateur de Holyoak, Nisbett et Thagard.

	HOLLAND, J.H. (1998). Emergence : from chaos to order. Oxford University Press.
	HOLLAND, J.H., HOLYOAK, K.J., NISBETT, R.E. & THAGARD, P.R. (1986). Processes of inference, learning, and discovery. Cambridge, MA/London : Computational models of cognition and perception series/MIT Press.
	HOLLAND, J.H. (1992). Hidden order : How adaptation builds complexity. Menlo Park, CA : Addison-Wesley.
	HOLLAND, J.H. (1992). Adaptation in natural and artificial systems : An introductory analysis with applications to biology, control, and artificial intelligence. Cambridge, MA/London : MIT Press/Bradford Books.
	HOLLAND, J.H. (1992). Genetic algorithms. Scientific American, 267, 66-72.

Holland John L. (1919-2008) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude des choix de carrière. Professeur de Gottfredson. Collaborateur de Costa et McCrae.

	HOLLAND, J.L. (1959). A theory of vocational choice. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 6, 35-45.
	HOLLAND, J.L., RICHARDS, J.M. & LUTZ, S.W. (1967). The prediction of student accomplishment in college. Journal of Educational Psychology, 58, 343-355.
	HOLLAND, J.L., GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & NAFZIGER, D. (1975). Testing the validity of some theoretical signs of vocational decision-making ability. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 22, 411-422.
	HOLLAND, J.L., GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & BAKER, H. (1990). Validity of vocational aspirations and interest inventories : Extended, replicated, and reinterpreted. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 37, 337-342.
	HOLLAND, J.L. (1997). Making vocational choices : A theory of vocational personalities and work environments. Odessa, FL : Psychological Assessment Resources, Inc.

	WEINRACH, S. (1980). Have hexagon will travel : An interview with John Holland. Personnel & Guidance Journal, 58, 406-414.
	TINSLEY, H. (Ed.) (1992). Special issue on Holland's theory. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 40, 109-267.
	SAVICKAS, M. & GOTTFREDSON,G. (Eds.) (1999). Holland's theory (1959-1999): Forty years of research and application. Journal of Vocational Behavior (special issue), 55, 1-160.
	REARDON, R.C., BULLOCK, E.E., & MEYER, K.E. (2007). A Holland perspective on the U.S. workforce from 1960-2000. Career Development Quarterly, 55, 262-274.

Holland Peter C. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivio-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des mécanismes de l'apprentissage. Collaborateur de Bouton, Gallagher, Rescorla et Schmajuk.

	HOLLAND, P.C. & RESCORLA, R.A. (1975). Second-order conditioning with food unconditioned stimulus. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 88, 459-467.
	HOLLAND, P.C. & RESCORLA, R.A. (1975). The effect of two ways of devaluing the unconditioned stimulus after first and second-order appetitive conditioning. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behaviour Processes, 1, 355-363.
	HOLLAND, P.C. (1977). Conditioned stimulus as a determinant of the form of the Pavlovian conditioned response. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behaviour Processes, 3, 77-104.
	HOLLAND, P.C. (2000). Trial and intertrial durations in appetitive conditioning in rats. Animal Learning & Behavior, 28, 121-135.
	HOLLAND, P.C. (2004). Relations between Pavlovian-instrumental transfer and reinforcer devaluation. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 30, 104-117.

Hollander Eric ( ) : Psychiatre américain, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'autisme et du trouble obsessif-compulsif.

	HOLLANDER, E., GREENWALD, S. & NEVILLE, D. (1996/1997). Uncomplicated and comorbid obsessive-compulsive disorder in an epidemiologic sample. Depression and Anxiety, 4, 111-119.
	HOLLANDER, E. (Ed.) (1993). Obsessive-compulsive related disorders. American Psychiatric Press, Washington.
	HOLLANDER, E., ING, A., DELANEY, K., SMITH, C.J. & SILVEMAN, J.M. (2003). Obsessive-compulsive behaviors in parents of multiplex autism families. Psychiatry Research, 117 (1), 11-16.
	HOLLANDER, E., PHILLIPS, A.T. & YEH, C.C. (2003). Targeted treatments for symptom domains in child and adolescent autism. Lancet, 362 (9385), 732-734.
	HOLLANDER, E., WANG, A.T., BRAUN, A. & MARSH, L. (2009). Neurological considerations : autism and Parkinson's disease. Psychiatry Research, 170, (1) 43-51.

Hölldobler Bert ( ) : Sociobiologiste et entomologiste allemand, spécialisé dans l'étude des sociétés animales, notamment les fourmis. = Hoelldobler. Collaborateur de Wilson.

	HOLLDÖBLER, B. & WILSON, E.O. (1995). Journey to the ants : A story of scientific exploration / Voyage chez les fourmis. Barnes & Noble.

Hollingworth Harry Levi (1880-1957) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste du développement et de l'intelligence. Président de l'APA en 1927 Étudiant de Cattel. Professeur d'Anatasi.

	HOLLINGSWORTH, H.L. (1913). Advertising and selling. New York : D. Appleton and Company
	HOLLINGWORTH, H.L. (1916). Vocational psychology. New York : Appleton.
	HOLLINGWORTH, H.L. (1922). Judging human character. New York : Appleton.
	HOLLINGWORTH, H.L. (1927). Mental growth and decline : A survey of developmental psychology. New York : Appleton.
	HOLLINGWORTH, H.L. (1928). Psychology : Its facts and principles. New York : D. Appelton and Company.

Hollingworth Leta Stetter (1886-1939) : Psychopédagogue américaine. Elle a étudié le développement, l'intelligence et les différences sexuelles. Étudiante de Thorndike. Professeur de Goodenough.

	HOLLINGWORTH, L.S. (1920). The psychology of subnormal children. New York : Macmillan.
	HOLLINGWORTH, L.S. (1923). Special talents and defects. Their significance for education. New York : Macmillan.
	HOLLINGWORTH, L.S. (1927). The new woman in the making. Current History, 27, 15-20.
	HOLLINGWORTH, L.S. (1928). The psychology of the adolescent. New York : D. Appelton and Company.
	HOLLINGWORTH, L.S. (1942). Children above 180 IQ Stanford-Binet : Origin and development. Yonkers-on-Hudson, NY : World Book.

Hollon Steven D. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioral américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de la dépression. Collaborateur de Dobson, Jacobson, Martell et Rush.

	HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R .J., EVAN, M.D., WIEMER, M.J., GARVEY, M.J., GROVE, W.M. & TUASON, V. B., (1992). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression: Singly and in combination. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 774-781.
	HOLLON, S.D. & SHELTON, R.C. (2001). Treatment guidelines for major depressive disorder. Behavior Therapy, 32, 235-258
	HOLLON, S.D., THASE, M.E. & MARKOVITZ, J.C. (2002). Treatment and prevention of depression. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 3, 1-39.
	HOLLON, S.D., STEWART, M.O. & STRUNK, D. (2006). Cognitive behavior therapy has enduring effects in the treatment of depression and anxiety. Annual Review of Psychology, 57, 285-315.
	DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING, K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN, J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF]

Holocauste :

	BREGGIN, P.R (1993). Psychiatry's role in the Holocaust. International Journal of Risk and Safety in Medicine, 4, 133-148. [PDF]

Holt Edwin Bissel (1873-1946) : Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la conscience et des réflexes.Étudiant de James. Professeur d'Allport et de Tolman.

	HOLT, E.B. (1903). Eye-movement and central anaesthesia. Psychological Review, Monogr. Sup., 17 (4), 3-45.
	HOLT, E.B. (1914). The concept of consciousness. London : George Allen & Company, Ltd.
	HOLT, E.B. (1915). The freudian wish and its place in ethics. New York : Henry Holt and Company.
	HOLT, E.B. (1915). Response and cognition. The Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, 12, 365-373 & 393-409.
	HOLT, E.B. (1931). Animal drive and the learning process, an essay toward radical empiricism. New York : Holt.

Holton Gerald James ( ) : Physicien, épistémologue et historien des sciences américain. Étudiant de Bridgman.

	HOLTON, G. (1978). On the psychology of scientists and their social concerns. In G. Holton (Ed.), The scientific imagination : Case studies (pp. 229-252). Cambridge : Cambridge Press. ender.
	HOLTON, G. (1986/98). The advancement of science, and its burdens. Cambridge University Press/Harvard University Press.
	HOLTON, G. (1993). Science and anti-science. Harvard University Press.
	HOLTON, G. (1995). Differences in science careers : The project access study. Rutgers University Press.
	HOLTON, G. (1998). Scientific imagination. Harvard : Harvard University Press.

Holyoak Keith James (1950-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la pensée et du raisonnement. Collaborateur de Chen, Glass, Nisbett, Holland, Kosslyn, Povinelli et Thagard.

	HOLYOAK, K.J., HOGETERP, H. & YUILLE, J.C. (1972). A developmental comparison of verbal and pictorial mnemonics in children's paired-associate learning. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 14, 53-65. [PDF]
	HOLYOAK, K.J. & GLASS, A.L. (1975). The role of contradictions and counterexamples in the rejection of false sentences. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14, 215-239. [PDF]
	HOLLAND, J.H., HOLYOAK, K.J., NISBETT, R.E. & THAGARD, P.R. (1986). Processes of inference, learning, and discovery. Cambridge, MA/London : Computational Models of Cognition and Perception series/MIT Press.
	HOLYOAK, K.J. & SPELLMAN, B.A. (1993). Thinking. Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 265-315.
	HOLYOAK, K.J. & MORRISON, R.G. (Eds.) (2005). The Cambridge handbook of thinking and reasoning. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press.

Homans George Caspar (Boston 1910-1989 Cambridge) : Sociologue américain et fondateur de la sociologie béhaviorale.

	HOMANS, G.C. (1950). The human group. New York : Harcourt.
	HOMANS, G.C. (1958). Social behavior as exchange. American Journal of Sociology, 63 (6), 597-606.
	HOMANS, G.C. (1962). Sentiments and activities. Essays in social science. New York : Free Press of Glencoe.
	HOMANS, G.C. (1964). Social behavior : It's elementary forms. New York : Harcourt, Brace & World.
	HOMANS, G.C. (1967). The nature of social science. New York : Harcourt, Brace & World.

Homéopathie/Homéopathe : Pseudotechnologie biologique et psychologique inventée par Hahnemann, qui se fonde sur deux principes : 1) d'abord le principe de similitude, qui stipule que ce qui provoque la maladie peut également servir, à petite dose, de cure à cette maladie; 2) ensuite, que l'eau possède une mémoire, c-à-d la capacité d'assimiler les propriétés des molécules qui entrent en contact avec elle. Cette assimilation est obtenue au moyen d'un procédé - la dynamisation - qui consiste à agiter une éprouvette (la succussion) qui contient 99 parts d'eau (le solvant) et une part de la substance homépatique (la teinture-mère, censé être l'agent actif, par exemple de l'arsenic). On répète ensuite l'opération (deuxième dilution au centésimal hanhemanniène ou CH). On prélève ensuite une part de la première éprouvette, que l'on mélange avec 99 parts d'eau dans une seconde éprouvette, et ainsi de suite. Le mélange qui résulte de ces dilutions succesives - souvent plus d'une vingtaine - est un produit homéopathique, qui sera vendu sous forme de granules ou de gouttes. N.DL.R. : Une goutte d'eau (0,05 ml) dans le lac St-Jean équivaut approximativement à une dilution de 11 CH ! Homéopathie, médecine alternative et effet placebo. /allopathie. Homeopathy.

	KAUFMAN, M. (1971). Homeopathy in America. Baltimore : The Johns Hopkins University Press.	ROSSION, P. (1997). Homéopathie : la mystification recommence. Science & Vie, 955, 77-85.
	BARRETT, S. (1987). Homeopathy : Is it medicine? Skeptical Inquirer, 12 (1), 56-62.	WISE, J. (1997). Health authority stops buying homoeopathy. British Medical Journal, 314, 1574.
	GUGGISBERG, A., BAUMGARTNER, S., TSCHOPP, C. & HAUSSER, P. (2005). Replication study concerning the effects of homeopathic dilutions of histamine on human basophil degranulation in vitr. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 13 (2), 91-100.	ERNST, E. & PITTLER, M.H. (1998). Efficacy of homeopathic arnica : A systematic review of placebo-controlled clinical trials. Archives of Surgery, 133 (11), 1187-1190.
	GARDNER, M. (1989). Water with memory? The dilution affair. Skeptical Inquirer, 12 (2), 132-141.	CUCHERAT, M., HAUGH, M.C., GOOCH, M. & BOISSEL, J.P. (2000). Evidence of clinical efficacy of homeopath y: a meta-analysis of clinical trials. Europeen Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 56, 27-33.
	HILL, C. & DOYON, F. (1990). Review of randomized trials of homeopathy. Review of Epidemiology, 38, 139-142.	SANDOZ, T. (2001). La vraie nature de l'homéopathie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	JACOBS, L., JIMÉNEZ, L.M., GLOYD ,S.S., GALE, J.L. & CROTHERS, D. (1994). Treatment of acute childhood diarrhea with homeopathic medicine: a randomized clinical trial in Nicaragua. Pediatrics, 93(5), 719-25.	SPENCE, D.S., THOMPSON, E.A. & BARRON, S.J. (2005). Homeopathic treatment for chronic disease : a 6-year, university-hospital outpatient observational study. Journal of Alternative Complementary Medicine, 11, 793-798.
	ROSSION, P. (1995). L'homéopathie : le retour des fausse preuves. Science & Vie, 929, 60-63.	GOLDACRE, B. (2007). Benefits and risks of homoeopathy. The Lancet, 370 (9600), 1672-1673.
	ROSSION, P. (1995). Se soigner avec de l'eau. Science & Vie, 931, 144-145.	DANTAS, F., FISHER, P., WALACH, H., WIELAND, F., RASTOGI, D.P.,TEIXERA, H., KOSTLER, D., JANSEN, J.P., EIZAYAGA, J., ALVAREZ, M.E.P., MARIM, M., BELON, P. & WECKX, L.L.M. (2007). Systematic review of the quality of homeopathic pathogenetic trials published from 1945 to 1995. Homeopathy, 96 (1), 4-16.

Homéostasie : Tendance de l'organisme à maintenir un milieu intérieur constant par rapport aux changements du milieu ambiant. Un système homéostatique permet de maintenir la température du corps stable en dépit des changements importants de la température externe. Certains besoins comme la faim et la soif sont contrôlés partiellement par un système homéostatique. = état d'équilibre. Homeostasis, self-organisation

	ASHBY, W.R. (1947). Principles of the self-organizing dynamic system. Journal of General Psychology, 37, 125-128.
	ASHBY, W.R. (1947). The homeostat. Electron, 20, 380.
	WADDINGTON, C.H. (1953). The "Baldwin Effect", "Genetic Assimilation" and "Homeostasis". Evolution, 7 (4), 386-387.
	ASHBY, W.R. (1962). Principles of self-organizing systems. In H. Von Foerster & G.W. Zopf (Eds.), Principles of self-organization. Systems Branch, U.S. Office of Naval Research.
	HYDE, J.S. (1973). Genetic homeostasis and behavior : Analysis, data, and theory. Behavior Genetics, 3, 233-245.

Homicide : Consiste à enlever la vie à un individu, volontairement ou involontairement. = meurtre. Homicide.

	BARD, M. & CONNOLLY, H. (1983). The social and psychological consequences of homicide. New York : Academy of Sciences.
	DALY, M. & WILSON, M. (1988). Homicide. New York : Aldine de Gruyter.
	NISBETT, R.E., POOLY, G. & LANG, S. (1995). Homicide and U.S. regional culture. In B. Ruback & N. Weiner (Eds.), Interpersonal violent behavior: Social and cultural aspects. New York : Springer.

Homme : Humain possédant un sexe et un genre masculin. Moitié de l'humanité. Désigne parfois l'ensemble de l'humanité. N.D.L.R. IL est tout à fait illogique et sexiste d'utiliser le mot Homme pour désigner les hommes et les femmes, alors qu'il existe un mot - Humain - pour désigner l'ensemble de l'humanité. Homme et femme. = mâle, gente feminine, moitié de l'humanité.


	SKINNER, B.F. (1964). Man. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 108, 482-485.	GEARY, D.C. (1998). Male, female. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
	FALCONNET, G et LEFAUCHEUR, N. (1975). La fabrication des mâles. Paris : Seuil.	SOMMERS, C.H. (2000). The war against boys. New York : Simon et Schuster.
	BACH-Y-RITA, G. & VENO, A. (1974). Habitual violence : A profile of 62 men. American Journal of Psychiatry, 131, 1015-1017.	ADDIS, M.E. & MAHALIK, J.R. (2003). Men, masculinity, and the contexts of help seeking. American Psychologist, 58 (1), 5-14.
	BUCKLEY, K.W. (1989). Mechanical man. John Broadus Watson and the beginnings of behaviorism. New York : Guilford Press.	GEARY, D.C., BYRD-CRAVEN, J., HOARD, M.K., VIGIL, J. & NUMTEE, C. (2003). Evolution and development of boys' social behavior. Developmental Review, 23, 444-470.
	STOLTENBERG, J. (1990). Refusing to be a man : Essays on sex and justice. New York : A Meridian Book.	ADDIS, M.E. (2008). Gender and depression in men. Clinical Psychology : Science and Practic, 15, 153-168.

Homme aux loups (1887-1979) : Sergueï Constantinovitch Pankejeff, dit l'homme aux loups, est un patient de Freud, atteind d'une névrose infantile. Sa psychothérapie commence en 1910 et s'achève en 1914.

	FREUD, S. (1914/1990). L'homme aux loups. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	JACCARD, R. (1975). L'homme aux loups. Éditions Universitaires - Psychothèque.
	GARDINER, M. (1981). L'homme aux loups, par ses psychanalystes et par lui-même. Paris : Gallimard.
	OBERHOLZER, K. (1981). Entretiens avec l'homme aux loups. Une psychanalyse et ses suites. Paris : Gallimard.
	MAHONY, P.J. (1995). Les hurlements de l'homme aux loups. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Homme aux rats : Patient de Freud. En 1907, Ernst Lanzer, atteind d'une névrose obsessionnelle, entreprend une thérapie avec Freud.

	FREUD, S. (1911/2000). L'Homme aux rats : Journal d'une analys. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	MANNONI, O. (1969). L'homme aux rats. In Clés pour l'imaginaire ou l'Autre Scène (p.131-149). Paris : Seuil.

Homogénéité : Ensemble d'éléments qui partagent de nombreuses caractéristiques. /hétérogène.

Homogénéité de la mesure : = consistance interne.

Homo abilis :

	VAUCLAIR, J. (1998). Homo abilis est le premier et parler. La communication des primates et le langage de l'homme. In Y. Coppens (Ed.), Les origines de l'homme (pp. 86-93). Paris : Tallandier.

Homo oeconomicus : Conception de l'humain fondée sur le principe que les individus possèdent la capacité de faire des choix rationnels. Homo oeconomicus.

	BOUDON, R. (2007). Beyond the alternative between the homo sociologicus and the homo oeconomicus : Toward a theory of cold beliefs. In A.B. Sørensen et S. Spilerman (Eds.), Social theory and social policy (Vol. Hommage à James Coleman, pp. 43-57). Westport, CT, London : Praeger.

Homo modulus : Conception de l'humain fondée sur le principe que les individus possèdent des circuits neuraux innés - ou modules - qui orientent ou déterminent certains comportements, goûts, choix, préférences.

	CLARK BARRETT, H. & KURZBAN, R. (2006). Modularity in cognition : Framing the debate. Psychological Review, 113 (3), 628-647.

Homo sapiens :

	WOOD, B.A. (1992). Origin and evolution of the genus Homo. Nature, 355, 783-790.
	FALK, D. (1990). Brain evolution in Homo – The radiator theory. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 13, 333-343.

Homo sociologicus : Conception de l'humain fondée sur le principe que les individus possèdent rarement toutes les données qui permettent de faire d'optimiser leurs choix et leurs décisions.Homo sociologicus etrationalité limitée. Homo sociologicus.

	BOUDON, R. (2007). Beyond the alternative between the homo sociologicus and the homo oeconomicus : Toward a theory of cold beliefs. In A.B. Sorensen et S. Spilerman (Eds.), Social theory and social policy (pp. 43-57). Westport, CT, London : Praeger.

Homologation/Homologuer : Procédure scientifique et administrative visant à tester ou à confirmer l'innocuité et l'efficacité des médicaments, y compris les antidépresseurs, les antipsychotiques et les anxiolytiques. Homologation et identification numérique des médicaments.

Homoncule (moteur et sensoriel) : Créature à forme humaine que les alchimistes prétendaient pouvoir fabriquer de toute pièce. En science, le terme désigne la représentation corporelle et proportionnelle des zones motrices et sensorielles du cerveau.Homunculus.


	MARGOLIS, J. (1980). The trouble with homunculus theories. Philosophy of Science, 47, 244-259.
	LOGAN, G.D. (2003). Executive control of thought and action : In search of the wild homunculus. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 45-48.

Homophobie : De homo qui signfie «homme» et phobia qui veut dire «peur», donc peur ou aversion des hommes qui désirent et aiment d'autres hommes, qui peut se transformer en discrimination sociale. Pour Ferenczi, l'homophobie est une réaction symptomatique de défense contre l'attirance que l'on éprouve envers des individus du même sexe. Homophobia.

	HUDSEN, W.W. & RICKETTS, W.A. (1980). A strategy for the measurement of homophobia. Journal of Homosexuality, 5, 357-372.
	FYFE, B. (1983). "Homophobia" or homosexual bias reconsidered. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 12, 549-554.
	PHARR, S. (1988). Homophobia : A weapon of sexism. Little Rock, AK : Chardon Press.
	WETZER-LANG, D., DUTET, P. & DORAIS, M. (1994). La peur de l'autre en soi : du sexisme à l'homophobie. Montréal : VLB éditeur.
	ADAMS, H.E., LESTER, W.W. & LOHR, B.A. (1996). Is homophobia associated with homosexual arousal? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105 (3), 440-445.
	BORRILLO, D. (2001). L'homophobie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	BERNAT, J.A., CALHOUN, K.S., ADAMS, H.E. & ZEICHNER, A. (2001). Homophobia and physical aggression toward homosexual and heterosexual individuals. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 179-187.

Homoscédasticité : Égalité ou homogénéité des variances de deux échantillons. Voir test de comparaison de Bartlett et log-anova. = homogénéité. /hétéroscédasticité. Homoscedastic, homoscedasticity, homogeneity of variances.

	HAN, C.P. (1968). Testing homogeneity of a set of correlated variances. Biometrika, 55, 317-391.
	HAN, C.P. (1969). Testing the homogeneity of variances in a two-way classification. Bi metrics, 25, 153-158.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Homosexualité/homosexuel-le : Orientation sexuelle impliquant une attirance et des comportements sexuels envers les individus de son sexe. Hétérosexualité et homosexualité. ( ): Gai, lesbienne, bisexualité. Homosexuality.

	BRILL, A.A. (1913). The conception of homosexuality. Journal of American Medical Association, 61, 335-40.	PILLARD R.C., POUMADERE, J. & CARRETTA, R.A. (1981). Is homosexuality familial? A review, some data, and a suggestion. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 10 (5), 465-75.
	FREUD, S. (1922/70). The psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. In Sexuality and the psychology of law (p. 145). New York : Collier Books.	BAYER, R. (1981). Homosexuality and american psychiatry. NY : Basic Books.
	THORNER, H. (1949). A Notes on a case of male homosexuality. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 30, 31-35.	KIRSCH, J.A.W. & RODMAN, J.E. (1982). Selection and sexuality : The Darwinian view of homosexuality. In J.D. Weinrich, W. Paul, J.C. Gonsiorek & M.E. Hotvedt (Eds.), Homosexuality : Social psychological and biological issues (pp.183-96). Beverly Hills : Sage Publications.
	ELLIS, A. (1951). The influence of heterosexual culture on the attitudes of homosexuals. International Journal of Sexology, 5, 77-79.	MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1982). Hormones and psychosexual differentiation : Implications for the management of intersexuality, homosexuality, and transsexuality. Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 11, 681-701.
		PEPLAU, L.A. (1982). Research on homosexual couples: An overview. Journal of Homosexuality, 8 (2), 3-8.
	ELLIS, A. (1952). On the cure of homosexuality. International Journal of Sexology, 55, 135-138.	STOLLER, R. & HERDT, G. (1985). Theories of origins of male homosexuality. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42 (4), 399-404.
		ECKERT, E.D., BOUCHARD T. J., BOHLEN, J. & HESTON, L.L. (1986). Homosexuality in monozygotic twins reared apart. British Journal of Psychiatry, 148, 421-425.
	KALLAMANN, F.J. (1952). Comparative twin study on the genetic aspects of male homosexuality. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disorder, 115, 283-298.	WHITAM, F.L. & MATHY, R.M. (1986). Male homosexuality in four societies : Brazil, Guatemala, the Philippines, and the United States. New York : Praeger.
	KALLAMANN, F.J. (1952). Twin and sibship study of overt male homosexuality. American Journal of Human Genetics, 4, 136-146.	PILLARD R.C. & WEINRICH, J.D. (1986). Evidence of familial nature of male homosexuality. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43 (8), 808-812.
	WULFF RASMUSSEN, E. (1955). Experimental homosexual behavior in male albino rats. Acta Psychologica, 11, 2303-334.	GREENBERG, D.F. (1988). The construction of homosexuality. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
	FREUND, K. (1957). Diagnostika homosexuality u muszu. Ceskoslovak Medicine, 53, 382-393.	RISMAN, B. & SCHWARTZ, P. (1988). Sociological research on male and female homosexuality. Annual Review of Sociology 14, 125-147.
	ELLIS, A. (1958). New hope for homosexuals. Sexology, 25, 164-168.	ERNULF, K., INNALA, S. & WHITAM, F. (1989). Biological explanation, psychological explanation, and tolerance of homosexuals : A cross-national analysis of beliefs and attitudes. Psych. Rep., 65, 1003-10.
	KARLEN, A. (1971). Sexuality and homosexuality : A new view. New York : W.W. Norton.	FREUND, K., WATSONS, R. & RIENZO, D. (1989). Heterosexuality, homosexuality, and erotic age preference. J Sex Res., 26 (1), 107-17.
	HOOKER, E. (1957). The adjustment of the male overt homosexual. Journal of Projective Techniques, 21 (1), 18-31.	DUNKLE J.H. & FRANCIS P. L. (1990). The role of facial masculinity/femininity in the attribution of homosexuality. Sex Roles, 23, 157-167.
	ELLIS, A. (1959). Homosexuality and creativity. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 15, 376-379.	McWHIRTER, D.P., SANDERS, S.A. & REINISCH, J.M. (Dirs.) (1990). Homosexuality/ Heterosexuality : Concepts of sexual orientation. New York : Oxford University Press.
	RANIER, J.D., A. MESNIKOFF, A.L., KOLB, C. & CARR, A. (1960). Homosexuality and hererosexuality in identical twins. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22, 250-59.	PUTERBAUGH, G. (1990). Twins and homosexuality : A casebook, In W.R. Dynes (Ed.), Garland gay and lesbian series. New York & London : Garland Publishing.
	FREUND, K. (1963). A laboratory method for diagnosing predominance of homo- or heteroerotic interest in the male. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 1, 85-93.	LEVAY, S.A. (1991). difference in hypothalamic structure between heterosexual and homosexual men. Science, 253 (5023), 1034-1037.
		KING, M. & McDONALD, E. (1992). Homosexuals who are twins : A study of 46 probands. British Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 407-409.
	PARKER, N. (1964). Homosexuality in twins : A report on three discordant pairs. British Journal of Psychiatry, 119, 732-738.	GREENBERG, A.S. & BAILEY, J.M. (1993). Do biological explanations of homosexuality have moral, legal, or policy implications? Journal of Sex Research, 30, 245-251.
	McCONAGHY, N. (1967). Penile volume changes to moving pictures of male and female nudes in heterosexual and homosexual males. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 5, 43-48.	LEVAY, S. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Evidence for a biological influence in male homosexuality. Sci Am., 270, 20-25.
	SOCARIDES, C. (1968). The overt homosexual. New York : Grune & Stratton.	JULIEN, D., DUBÉ, M. et GAGNON, I. (1994). Le développement des enfants de parents homosexuels comparé à celui des enfants de parents hétérosexuels. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 15 (3), 135-153.
	HESTON, L.L. & SHIELDS, J. (1968). Homosexuality in twins : A family study and a registry study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 18, 149-160.	JENNY, C., ROESLER, T.A. & POYER, K.L. (1994). Are children at risk for sexual abuse by homosexuals? Pediatrics, 94 (1), 41-44
	GREEN, R. & STOLLER, J. (1971). Two monozygotic (identical) twin pairs discordant for homosexuality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 1 (4), 321-27.	McGUIRE, T.R. (1995). Is homosexuality genetic? A critical review and some suggestions. Journal of Homosexuality, 28, 115-145.
	SAGHIR, M.T & ROBINS, E. (1973). Male and female homosexuality : A comprehensive investigation. Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins.	CAMERON, P. & CAMERON, K. (1995). Does incest cause homosexuality? Psychological Reports, 76, 611-621.
	PERKINS, M.W. (1973). Homosexuality in female monozygotic twins. Behavior Genetics, 3, 387-388.	BLANCHARD, R., DICKEY, R. & JONES, C.L. (1995). Comparison of height and weight in homosexual versus non-homosexual male gender dysphorics. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 24 (5), 543-554.
	STEPHAN, W.G. (1973). Parental relationships and early social experiences of activist male homosexuals and male heterosexuals. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 82, 506-513.	BEM, D.J. (1996). Exotic becomes erotic : A developmental theory of sexual orientation. Psychological Review, 103, 320-335.
	BIRK, L. (1974). Group psychotherapy for men who are homosexual. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1 (1), 29-52.	ADAMS, H.E., LESTER, W.W. & LOHR, B.A. (1996). Is homophobia associated with homosexual arousal? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105 (3), 440-445.
	FINK, P.J. (1975). Homosexuality—Illness or Life-style? Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1 (3), 225-233.	ARCHER, J. (1996). Attitudes to homosexuals : An alternative Darwinian view. Ethology & Sociobiology, 17, 275-280.
	FRIEDMAN, R.C., WOLLESEN, F., & TENDLER, R. (1976). Psychological development and blood levels of sex steroids in male identical twins of divergent sexual orientation. Journal of Nervous Mental Disorders, 163, 282-288.	RICE, G., ANDERSON, C., RISCH, N. & EBERS, G. (1999). Male homosexuality : absence of linkage to microsatellite markers at Xq28. Science, 284 (5414), 665-667.
	WHITAM, F.L. (1977). Childhood indicators of male homosexuality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 6, 89-96.	BAILEY, J.M. (1999). Homosexuality and mental illness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56 (10), 883-884.
	MASTERS, W.H. & JOHNSON, V.E. (1979). Homosexuality in perspective. Boston : Little, Brown.	YELLAND, C. & TIGGEMANN, M. (2003). Muscularity and the gay ideal : Body dissatisfaction and disordered eating in homosexual men. Eating Behaviors, 4 (2), 107-116.
	CASS, V.C. (1979). Homosexual identity formation : A theoretical model. Journal of Homosexuality, 4, 219-235.	BLANCHARD, R. (2000). Quantitative and theoretical analyses of the relation between older brothers and homosexuality in men. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 230, 173-187.
	ZUGER, B. (1980). Homosexuality and parental guilt. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 55-57.	KIRBY, M. (2003). The 1973 deletion of homosexuality as a psychiatric disorder : 30 years on. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 37 (6), 674-677.
		NICOLOSI, J. & NICOLOSI, L.A. (2006). Prent's guide to preventing homosexuality. Intervarsity Press.
		SILVERSTEIN, C. (2009). The implications of removing homosexuality from the DSM as a mental disorder. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 38 (2),161-163.
		FINGERHUT A.W., PEPLAU, L.A. & GABLE, S.L. (2010). Identity, minority stress and psychological well-being among gay men and lesbians. Psychology & Sexuality 1 (2), 101-114. [PDF]

Homosexualité (Traitement ou thérapie contre... ) : Traitement ou thérapie visant à guérir les homoxesuels ou à modifier leur orientation. N.D.L.R.: Il convient de noter que l'American Psychological Association ne considère plus l'homosexualité comme une maladie depuis 1973. Traitement contre l'homosexualité et thérapie par aversion. = thérapie contre l'homosexualité. Treatment of homosexuality.

	CHARCOT, J.M. & MAGNAN, V. (1882). Inversion du sens genital. Archives of Neurology, 3, 53-60.	MILLER, M.M. (1963). Hypnotic-aversion treatment of homosexuality. Journal of the National Medical Association, 55, 411-415.
	ELLIS, H. (1901/15). Studies in the psychology of sex. Vol : 2. Sexual inversion. Philadelphia : F.A. Davis Co.	THORPE, J.G., SCHMIDT, E. & CASTELL, D. (1964). A comparison of positive and negative (aversive) conditioning in the treatment of homosexuality. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 1, 357-362.
	STEKEL, W. (1930). Is homosexuality curable? Psychoanalytic Review, 17 (443), 447-48.	KRAFT, T. (1967). A case of homosexuality treated by systematic desensitization. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 21, 815-821.
	MAX, L.W. (1935). Breaking up a homosexual fixation by the condition reaction technique : A case study. Psychology Bulletin, 32, 734.	LIEBMAN, S. (1967). Homosexuality, transvestism, and psychosis : Study of a case treated with electroshock. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 99, 945-957.
	ROSENZWEIG, S. & HOSKIND, R.G. (1941). A Note on the ineffectualness of sex-hormone medication in a case of pronounced homosexuality. Psychosomatic Medicine, 3, 87-89.	MacCULLOCH M.J. & FELDMAN, M.P. (1967). Aversion therapy in management of 43 homosexuals. British Medical Journal, 3 (2), 594-597.
	HADDEN, S.B. (1957). Attitudes toward and approaches to the problem of homosexuality. Pennsylvania Medical Journal, 6, 1195-1198.	BANCROFT, J.H.J. (1969). Aversion therapy of homosexuality. British Journal of Psychiatry, 115, 1417-1431.
	SMITH, A.B. & BASSIN, A. (1959). Group therapy with homosexuals. Journal of Social Therapy, 5 (227), 231-32.	COLSON, C.E. (1972). Olfactory aversion therapy for homosexual behavior. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 3, 185-187.
		BARLOW, D.H. & AGRAS, W.S. (1973). Fading to increase heterosexual responsiveness in homosexuals. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1973, 6, 355- 366.
	FREUND, K. (1960). Problems in the treatment of homosexuality. In H.J. Eysenck (Ed.), Behaviour therapy and the neuroses (pp. 312-326). Oxford : Pergamon.	McCONAGHY, N., ARMSTRONG, M.S. & BLASZCZYNSKY, A. (1981). Controlled comparison of aversive therapy and covert sensitization in compulsive homosexuality. Behavior Response & Therapy, 19, 425.
	JAMES, B. (1962). Case of homosexuality treated by aversion therapy. Bristh Medical Journal, 1 (5280), 768-770.	BAILEY, J.M. (1999). Homosexuality and mental illness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56 (10), 883-884.

Homosexuel/Homosexualité (Traitement ou thérapie pour les... ) :

	MARTELL C.R. (1999). Behavior therapy and sexual minorities : Thoughts on progress and future directions. The Behavior Therapist, 22 (10), 194-195.
	MARTELL C.R. (2001). Including sexual orientation issues in research related to cognitive and behavioral therapies. The Behavior Therapist, 24 (10), 214-216.
	MARTELL C.R. & LAND, T. (2002). Cognitive-behavioral therapy with gay and lesbian couples. In T. Patterson (Ed.), Comprehensive textbook of psychotherapy, Vol. II Cognitive- behavioral approaches (pp. 451-468). John Wiley & Sons.
	MARTELL C.R., SAFREN, S.A. & PRINCE, S.E. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapies with lesbian, gay, and bisexual clients. New York : Guilford.
	MARTELL C.R. (2008). Lesbian, gay, and bisexual women and men. In M. Whisman (Ed.), Cognitive therapy for complex and comorbid Depression : Assessment and treatment (pp. 373-393.) New York : Gulford.

Homosexualité animale :

Homozygote : Qui possède deux allèles identiques (celle de la mère et celle du père) du même gène. Homozygote et hétérozygote. homozygous.

	ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.

Honig Werner K. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste et spécialiste de l'apprentissage, notamment de l'extinction et de la généralisation. Collaborateur de MacKintosh, Pennypacker et Staddon.

	HONIG, W.K., THOMAS, D.R & GUTTMAN, N. (1959). Differential effects of continuous extinction and discrimination training on the generalization gradient. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58, 145- 152.
	HONIG, W.K. (1961). Generalization of extinction on the spectral continuum. Psychology Record, 11, 269-278.
	HONIG, W.K, BONEAU, C.A., BURSTEIN, K.R. & PENNYPACKER, H.S. (1963). Positive and negative generalization gradients obtained after equivalent training conditions. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 56, 111-116.
	HONIG, W.K. & SLIVKA, R. M. (1964). Stimulus generalization of the effects of punishment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7, 21-25. [PDF]
	HONIG, W.K. (1966). The role of discrimination training in the generalization of punishment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9, 377-384. [PDF]

Honnêteté : Conformité aux règles morales; qui ne trompe pas autrui.

	ZAHAVI, A. (1977). The cost of honesty. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 67, 603–605.
	VAN RHIJN, J.G. & VODEGEL, R. (1980). Being honest about one's intentions : An evolutionarily stable strategy for animal conflicts. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 85, 623-641.

Honte : Affect ou émotion. Dans la théorie de Freud, punition que l'individu s'inflige (surmoi) lorsqu'il n'agit pas conformément au principe de la morale. Honte et culpabilité. Shame.

	LEWIS, H.B. (1971). Shame and guilt in neurosis. New York : International Universities Press.
	LUTWAK, N. & FERRARI, J. (1997). Understanding shame in adults : Recalling perceptions of parental-bonding during childhood. Journal of Nervous & Mental Diseases, 185, 595-598.
	ANDREWS, B., BREWIN, C.R., ROSE, S., & KIRK, M. (2000). Predicting PTSD symptoms in victims of violent crime : The role of shame, anger, and childhood abuse. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109, 69-73.
	WONG, Y. & TSAI, J.L. (2007). Cultural models of shame and guilt. In J. Tracy, R. Robins & J. Tangney (Eds.), Handbook of self-conscious emotions (pp. 210-223). New York : Guilford Press.

Hôpital : Hôpital et institut psychiatrique. Medical context.

	RAVEN, B.H. & HALEY, R.W. (1980). Social influence in a medical context : Hospital-acquired infections as a problem in medical social psychology. In L. Bickman (Ed.), Applied Social Psychology Annual (Vol. 1. pp. 255-278). Beverly Hills, CA : Sage.
	RAVEN, B.H., FREEMAN, H.E. & HALEY, R.W. (1982). Social science perspectives in hospital infection control. In A.W. Johnson, O. Grusky & B.H. Raven (Eds.), Contemporary health services : Social science perspectives (pp. 139-176). Boston : Auburn House.
	BLOUNT, R.L., STURGES, J.W. & POWERS, S.W. (1990). Analysis of child and adult behavioral variations by phase of medical procedure. Behavior Therapy, 21, 33- 48.

Hôpital de la Salpêtrière :

Horgan Terence Edward ( ) : Philosophe et épistémologue américain, spécialiste de l'ontologie et du connexionnisme. Collaborateur de Graham et Tienson.

	HORGAN, T.E. (1976). Reduction and the mind-body problem. In M. Marx & F. Goodson (Eds.), Theories in contemporary psychology (pp. 223-31).
	HORGAN, T.E. (1976). Functionalism and token physicalism. Synthese, 59, 321-38.
	HORGAN, T.E. (1987). Cognition is real. Behaviorism, 15, 13-25.
	HORGAN, T.E. & TIENSON, J. (1990). Connectionism and the Kuhnian crisis in cognitive science. Acta Analytica, 6, 5-17.
	GRAHAM, G. & HORGAN, T.E. (2000). Mary Mary, quite contrary. Philosophical Studies, 99, 59-87.

Horizons of Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie. = psiholoska Obzorja.

VUK, M. & PODLESEK, A. (2005). The effect of inner elements of the context figures on the Ebbinghaus illusion. Horizons of Psychology, 14 (4), 9-22. [PDF]

Horkheimer Max (Stuttgart 1895-1973) : Philosophe et sociologue allemand. Membre de l'École de Francfort.

Hormone : Substance chimique sécrétée par des organes appelée glandes, libérées dans le circulation sanguine et qui peuvent influer sur la croissance, le fonctionnement des organes, le comportement, la pensée et les émotions. ( ): hormone de croissance, hormone du stress, hormone sexuelle. Hormone.

	BROWN, R.E. & MOGER, W.H. (1983). Hormonal correlates of paternal behavior in male rats. Hormones & Behavior, 17, 356-365.
	BUCHANAN, C.M., ECLLES, J.S. & BECKER, J.B. (1992). Are adolescents the victims of raging hormones? Evidence for activational effects of hormones on moods and behavior at adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 62-107.
	BANKS, A. & GARTRELL, N.K. (1995). Hormones and sexual orientation : A questionable link. Journal of Homosexuality, 28, 247-268.
	VAN GOOZEN, S.H., COHEN-KETTENIS, P T., GOOREN, L.J., FRIJDA, N.H. & VAN DE POLL, N. E. (1995). Gender differences in behaviour : activating effects of cross-gender hormones. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 20, 343-363.
	BERENBAUM, S.A. & SNYDER, E. (1995). Early hormonal influences on childhood sex-typed activity and playmate preferences. Developmental Psychology, 31, 31-42
	LYNCH, P.J. (1999). Hostility, type A behavior, and stress hromones at rest and after playing violent video games in teenagers. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 113.
	STEINER, M., DUNN, E. & BORN, L. (2003). Hormones and mood : from menarche to menopauseand beyond. Journal of Affective Disorders, 74 (1), 67-83.
	ALEXANDER, G.M., WILCOX, T. & FARMER, M-B. (2009). Hormone-behavior associations in early infancy. Hormones & Behavior, 56, 498-502.

Hormone & Behavior : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de l'influence des hormones sur le comportement. Éditeur : Elsevier.

HINES, M. & ALEXANDER, G.M. (2008). Monkeys, girls, boys and toys : A confirmation. Hormones & Behavior, 54, 359-364.

Hormone de croissance :

Hormone du stress : Voir Stress.

Hormone néonatal :

	JACKLIN, C.N., WILCOX, K.T. & MACCOBY, E.E. (1988). Neonatal sex-steroid hormones and cognitive abilities at six years. Developmental Psychobiology, 21, 567-574.
	BARON-COHEN, S., LUTCHMAYA, S. & KNICKMEYER, R. (2004). Prenatal testosterone in mind. MIT Press : Cambridge, MA.

Hormone sexuelle : Hormones qui régularisent la croissance et le fonctionnement des organes reproducteur, qui stimulent le développement des caractéristiques sexuelles secondaires et influencent les comportements. Hormone et orientation sexuelle. ( ): androgène, progestérone, testostérone, ocytocine, oestrogène. Sex hormone.

	MONEY, J. (1961). Sex hormones and other variables in human eroticism. In W.C. Young (Ed.), Sex and internal secretions (pp. 1383-1400). Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins.
	SLATER, P.J.B. (1978). Sex hormones and behaviour. London: Edward Arnold.
	MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1980). Sex hormone changes during puberty and sexual behavior. In J. Samson (Ed.), Childhood and sexuality (pp. 113-122). Montréal : Éditions Études Vivantes.
	MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1982). Hormones and psychosexual differentiation : Implications for the management of intersexuality, homosexuality, and transsexuality. Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 11, 681-701.
	KIMURA, D. (1996). Sex, sexual orientation and sex hormones influence human cognitive function. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 6, 259-263.

Horn John Leonard (St. Joseph 1928-2006 Los Angeles) : Psychométricien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence. Il est un des signataires du Groupe des 52. Étudiant de Cattell. Collaborateur de Loehlin.

	HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1966). Refinement and test of the theory of fluid and crystallized general intelligences. Journal of Educational Psychology, 57, 253-270.
	HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1966). Age differences in primary mental ability factors. Journal of Gerontology, 21, 210-220.
	HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1967). Age differences in fluid and crystallized intelligence. Acta Psychologica, 26, 107-129.
	HORN, J.L. (1967). Intelligence : Why it grows, why it declines. Transaction, 23-31.
	HORN, J.L. (1989). Cognitive diversity : A framework for learning. In P.L. Ackerman, R.J. Sternberg & R. Glaser (Eds.), Learning and individual differences : Advances in theory and research (pp. 61-116). New York, NY : W.H. Freeman and Co.

Horn Kimbely ( ) : Psychologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude, le traitement et la prévention du tabagisme et de l'alcoolisme. Collabortrice de Dino.

	HORN, K., DINO, G. & MOMANI, A. (1999). Smoking and stress among rural adolescents : The gender factor. American Journal of Health Studies, 14 (4), 183-193.
	HORN, K., GAO, X., DINO, G. & KAMAL-BAHL, S. (2000). Determinants of youth tobacco use in West Virginia: A comparison of smoking and smokeless tobacco use. American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse, 26 (1), 125-138.
	HORN, K., FERNANDES, A., DINO, G., KALSEKAR, I. & MASSEY, C. (June, 2003). Adolescent nicotine dependence and smoking cessation outcomes. Addictive Behaviors, 28 (4) 769-776.
	HORN, K., DINO, G., KALSEKAR, I. & MASSEY, C. (2004). Exploring the relationship between mental health and smoking cessation : A study of rural teens. Prevention Science, 5 (2), 113-127.
	HORN, K., DINO, G., GOLDCAMP, J., KALSEKAR, I. & MODY, R. (2005). The impact of Not On Tobacco on teen smoking cessation: End-of-program evaluation results, 1998-2003. Journal of Adolescent Research, 20 (6), 640-661.

Horne Murray R. ( ) : Psychologue connexionisme anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence et du conditionnement répondant. Collaborateur de Pearce.

	HORNE, M.R. & PEARCE, J.M. (2009). Between-Cue Associations Influence Searching for a Hidden Goal in an Environment With a Distinctive Shape. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 35, (1), 99–107. [PDF]
	HORNE, M.R. & PEARCE, J.M. (2009). A landmark blocks searching for a hidden platform in an environment with a distinctive shape after extended pretraining. Learning & Behavior, 37 (2), 167-178. [PDF]
	HORNE, M.R. & PEARCE, J.M. (2010). Conditioned inhibition and superconditioning in an environment with a distinctive shape. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 36, 381-394.
	HORNE, M.R., IORDANOVA, M.D., ALBASSER, M.M., AGGLETON, J P. HONEY, R.C. & PEARCE, J.M. (2010). Lesions of the perirhinal cortex do not impair integration of visual and geometric information in rats. Behavioral Neuroscience, 124, 311-320.
	HORNE, M.R., IORDANOVA, M.D., . & PEARCE, J.M. (2010). Spatial learning based on boundaries in rats is hippocampus-dependent and prone to overshadowing. Behavioral Neuroscience, 124, 623-632.

Horney Karen (Hambourg 1885-1952 New York) : Psychanalyste et psychiatre américaine d'origine allemande. Elle est aussi membre du Groupe de Chicago et de l'Institut de Psychanalyse de Chicago. Analysé par Sachs. Elle a analysé Schmideberg.

	HORNEY, K. (1937/97). The neurotic personality of our time. New York : Norton./ La personnalité nevrotique de notre temps. L'arche.
	HORNEY, K. (1942). The collected works of Karen Horney. New York : W.W. Norton Company.
	HORNEY, K. (1945). Our inner conflicts. New York : Norton.
	HORNEY, K. (1966). New ways in psychoanalysis. New York : Norton & Co.
	HORNEY, K. (1967/73). Feminine psychology. New York : Norton & Co. / La psychologie de la femme. Paris : Payot.

Horowitz Leonard M. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité.

	HOROWITZ, L.M. & GORDON, A.M. (1972). Associative symmetry and second-language learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 63 (3), 287-294.
	HOROWITZ, L.M. (1974). Elements of statistics for psychology and education. New York : McGraw-Hill.
	HOROWITZ, L.M., KRASNOPEROVA, E.N., TATAR, D.G., HANSEN M.B.. PERSON, E.A., GALVIN, K. & NELSON, K. (2001). He way to console may depend on the goal : Experimental studies of social support. Journal of experimental social psychology, 37 (1), 49-61.
	HOROWITZ, L.M., WILSON, K.R., TURAN, B., ZOLOTSEV, P., CONSTANTINO, M. & HENDERSON, L. (2006). How interpersonal motives clarify the meaning of interpersonal behavior : A revised circumplex model. Personality & Social Psychology Review, 10 (1), 67-86.
	HOROWITZ, L.M. (2003). Interpersonal foundations of psychopathology. Washington, DC. : American Psychological Association.

Horwitz Allan V. ( ) : Sociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la santé mentale. Collaborateur de Gross et Wakefield.

	HORWITZ, A.V. (1982). The Social Control of mental illness. Orlando, Fla. : Academic Press.
	HORWITZ, A.V. (2002). Creating mental illness. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
	HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2006). The epidemic in mental illness : Clinical fact or survey artifact ? Contexts : Understanding People in their Social Worlds, 5, 19-23.
	HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007/10). The loss of sadness : How psychiatry transformed normal sorrow into depressive disorder. New York : Oxford University Press / Comment la psychiatrie a medicalisé nos tristesses. Paris : Edition Mardaga.
	HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2008). An epidemic of depression : Major depressive disorder or normal sadness? Psychiatric Times, 25, 44-45.

	O’CONNOR, L. E. (2002). Review of creating mental illness by Allan V. Horwitz. Human Nature Review. 2: 4-6. [LIRE]

Hospital & Community Psychiatry : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire. Éditeur : Elsevier.

GABBARD, G.O. & COYNE, L. (1987). Predictors of response of antisocial patients to hospital treatment. Hospital & Community Psychiatry, 38 (11), 1181-1185.

Hostilité : Chez Kelly, comportement qu'un individu adopte afin d'amener autrui à agir conformément à son système de construits. Hostility.

	BUSS, A.H. & DURKEE, A. (1957). An inventory for assessing different kinds of hostility. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 21, 343-349.
	LYNCH, P.J. (1999). Hostility, type A behavior, and stress hromones at rest and after playing violent video games in teenagers. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 113.
	GENTILE, D.A., LYNCH, P.J., LINDER, J.R & WALSH, D.A. (2004). The effects of violent video game habits on adolescent hostility, aggressive behaviors, and school performance. Journal of Adolescence, 27, 5-22.
	JANICKI-DEVERTS, D., COHEN, S, & DOYLE, W.J. (2010). Cynical hostility and stimulated Th1 and Th2 cytokine production. Brain, Behavior, & Immunity, 24, 58-63. [PDF]
	GUYLL, M., CUTRONA, C., BURZETTE, R. & RUSSELL, D. (2010). Hostility, relationship quality, and health among African American couples. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 646-654.

Hovland Carl Iver (Chicago 1912-1961) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la communication. Il a développé une théorie des attitudes. Étudiant de Hull. Professeur de Kelman et Zimbardo. Collaborateur de Dollard, Doob, Janis, Kelley, Miller, Mowrer, Sears, Shepard et Sherif.

	HOVLAND, C.I. & WEISS, W. (1951). The influence of source credibility on communication effectiveness. Public Opinion Quarterly, 15, 635-650.
	HOVLAND, C.I. (1952). A "communication analysis" of concept learning. Psychology Review, 59, 347-350.
	HOVLAND, C.I., JANIS, I.L. & KELLEY, H.H. (1953) Communications and persuasion : Psychological studies in opinion change. New Haven, CT : Yale University Press.
	HOVLAND, C.I. & KURTZ, K.H. (1956). Concept learning with differing sequences of instances. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 51, 239-423.
	HOVLAND, C.I. (1959). Reconciling conflicting results derived from experimental and survey studies of attitude change. American Psychologist, 14, 8-17.

Hrdy Sarah Blaffer (Dallas 1946-) : Primatologue sociobiologiste et féministe américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du singe colobinae ou langur. Elle s'est également intéressée aux instincts, plus particulièrement à l'instinct maternel. Collaboratrice de Hausfater.

	HRDY, S.B. (1977/80). The langurs of Abu : Female and male strategies of reproduction. Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
	HAUSFATER, G. & S. HRDY, S. (Eds) (1984). Infanticide comparative and evolutionary perspectives. New York : Aldine Publishing Co.
	HRDY, S.B. (1981/84). The woman that never evolved / Des guenons et des femmes : Essai de sociobiologie. Cambridge : Harvard University Press/Paris : Tierce.
	HRDY, S.B. (1999). Mother nature : A history of mothers, infants and natural selection. New York : Pantheon.
	HRDY, S.B. (2000). The optimal number of fathers : Evolution, demography, and history in the shaping of female mate preferences. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 907, 75-96.

Hrimech Mohamed ( ) : Spécialiste de l'éducation et du décrochage scolaire. Il enseigne au Département de psychopédagogie et d’andragogie de l'Université de Montréal.Collaborateur de Garon et Théorêt.

	HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (1997). L’abandon scolaire au secondaire : une comparaison entre les élèves montréalais nés au Canada et ceux nés à l’étranger. Revue Canadienne de l’Éducation, 22 (1), 268-282.
	THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2000). Évaluation d’une intervention de mentorat visant à réduire le risque d’abandon scolaire. Revue Canadienne de Psychoéducation, 29 (1), 65-86.
	HRIMECH, M. (2000). Les stratégies d’apprentissage en contexte d’autoformation. Dans R. Foucher et M. Hrimech (Dirs), L’autoformation dans l’enseignement supérieur : apports européens et nord-américains pour l’an 2000 (p. 99-111). Montréal : Les Éditions Nouvelles.
	HRIMECH, M. & TREMBLAY, N.A. (2006). Training of adult educators in Québec. In T. Fenwick, T. Nesbit & B. Spencer (Dirs.), Contexts of adult education : Canadian perspectives (pp. 292-297). Thompson Educational Publishing.
	HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (2007). Analyse de facteurs personnels reliés à la problématique de l’abandon scolaire des garçons et des filles au Québec. Dans C. Solar et F. Kanouté (Dirs.), Les défis de l’équité en éducation. Paris : L’Harmattan.

Hsee Christopher K. ( ) : Psychologue industriel et organisationnel américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du risque et de la prise de décision. Collaborateur d'Abelson, Hatfield.

	HSEE, C.K., HATFIELD, E., CARLSON, J. & CHEMTOB, C. (1990). The effect of power on susceptibility to emotional contagion. Cognition and Emotion, 4, 327-340. [PDF]
	HSEE, C.K. (1995). Elastic justification : How tempting but task-irrelevant factors influence decisions. Organizational Behavioral and Human Decision Process, 62, 330-337. [PDF]
	HSEE, C.K., ZHANG, J., YU, F. & XI, Y. (2003). Lay rationalism and inconsistency between predicted experience and decision. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 16, 257-272. [PDF]
	HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2004). Distinction bias : Misprediction and mischoice due to joint evaluation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology. 86, 680-695. [PDF]
	HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2010). General evaluability theory. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 5 (4) 343-355. [PDF]

Hubel David H. (Windsor Ontario 1926-) : Biologiste d'origine canadienne et lauréat du prix Nobel de physiologie et de médecine en 1981 pour ses travaux avec Wiesel sur l'analyse des informations dans le système visuel (et Sperry). Il a notamment proposé un modèle de traitement de l'information du système visuel (le modèle des colonnes oculaires de dominance). Collaborateur de Wiesel.

	HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1962). Receptive fields, binocular interaction and functional architecture in the cat's visual cortex. Journal of Physiology, 160, 106-154. [PDF]
	HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N., (1968). Receptive fields and functional architecture of monkey striate cortex. Journal of Physiology, 195 (1), 215-43.
	HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1979). Brain mechanisms of vision. In D. Hubel (Ed.), The brain. San Francisco : W.H. Freeman & Co.
	HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1974). Sequence regularity and geometry of orientation columns in the monkey striate cortex. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 158 (3), 267-93.
	HUBEL, D.H. (1995). Eye, brain, and vision. New York : Scientific American Library.

Huberman Alan Michael (1940-2001 Genève) : Méthodologiste et spécialiste de l'éducation et des méthodes qualitatives. Collaborateur de Miles.

	HUBERMAN, A.M. (1981). Splendeurs, misères et promesses de la recherche qualitative. Education et Recherche, 3, 233-249.
	HUBERMAN, A.M. (1988). Maîtriser les processus d'apprentissage : Fondements et perspectives de la pédagogie de maîtrise. Paris : Delachaux et Niestlé.
	HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (1991). Analyse des données qualitatives : recueil de nouvelles méthodes. Bruxelles/St-Laurent : De Boeck Wesmael/ERPI.
	HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (2002). The qualitative researcher's companion. Thousand Oaks : Sage.
	HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (2002). Rethinking the quest for school improvement : Some findings from the DESSI study. Teachers College Record, 86 (1), 34-54.

Huesmann Rowell L. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'agressivité et de l'agression. Collaborateur d'Anderson, Berkowitz, Bushman, Donnerstein, Gentile et Malamuth.

	HUESMANN, L.R. & ERON, L.D. (1984). Cognitive processes and the persistence of aggressive behavior. Aggressive Behavior, 10, 243-251. [PDF]
	HUESMANN, L.R. & ERON, L.D. (1986). Television and the aggressive child : A cross-national comparison. Lawrence Erlbaum.
	HUESMANN, L.R. (Ed.). (1994). Aggressive behavior : Current perspectives. New York : Springer.
	HUESMANN, L.R. MOISE-TITUS, J., PODOLSKI, C. & ERON, L.D. (2003). Longitudinal relations between children's exposure to TV violence and their aggressive and violent behavior in young adulthood : 1977-1992. Developmental Psychology, 39, 201-221. [PDF]
	HUESMANN, L.R. & KIRWIL, L. (2007). Why observing violence increases the risk of violent behavior in the observer. In D. Flannery (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of violent behavior and aggression. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. [PDF]

Huey Edmund Burke (1870-1913) : Spécialiste américain de l'éducation, notamment de l'apprentissage de la lecture.

	HUEY, E.B. (1898). Preliminary experiments in the physiology and psychology of reading. American Journal of Psychology, 9 (4), 575-586.
	HUEY, E.B. (1900). On the psychology and physiology of reading, I. The American Journal of Psychology, 11 (3), 283-302.
	HUEY, E.B. (1901). On the psychology and physiology of reading, II. The American Journal of Psychology, 12 (3), 292-312.
	HUEY, E.B. (1908). The psychology and pedagogy of reading. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
	HUEY, E.B. (1912). A syllabus for the clinical examination of children. Lincoln, Illinois : Lincoln State School.

Hughes Everett Cherrington (1897-1983) : Sociologue américain et chef de file de l'École de Chicago. Il s'est notamment intéressé à la société canadienne française du Québec. Professeur de Becker et Goffman.

Hull Clark Leonard (Akron États-Unis 1884-1952 New Haven) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, chef de file de la perspective béhavioriste. L'un des premiers psychologues a proposé une théorie formelle (axiomatisée) de l'apprentissage. Président de l'APA en 1936. Étudiant de Henmon. Professeur de Dollard, Erickson, Hovland, Miller, Mowrer et Spence.

No 21	HULL, C.L. (1934). The concept of the habit-family hierarchy and maze learning : Part I. Psychological Review, 41, 33-54.
	HULL, C.L. (1935). The conflicting psychologies of learning : A way out. Psychological Review, 42, 404-413.
	HULL, C.L. (1943). Principles of behavior. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts.
	HULL, C.L. (1951). Essentials of behavior. New Haven : Yale University Press.
	HULL, C.L. (1952). A behavior system. New Haven : Yale University Press.

	SCHOENFELD, W.N. & BERSH, P.J. (1952). C.L. Hull’s Essentials of Behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 49, 628-636.
	BERLYNE, D.E. (1975). Behaviorism? Cognitive Theory? Humanistic Psychology?—To Hull with them all! Canadian Psychological Review, 16, 69-80.
	KIHLSTORM, J.F. (2004). Clark L. Hull, hypnotist [Review of Hypnosis and Suggestibility : An Experimental Approach by C.L. Hull]. Contemporary Psychology, 49, 141-144.

	Berlyne, D. E.

Hulse Stewart H. (1931-2008 Baltimore) : Psychologue béhavioriste cognitif américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage chez les oiseaux.

	DEESE, J. & HULSE, S.H. (1967). The psychology of learning. New York : McGraw-Hill.
	HULSE, S.H. (1978). Cognitive processes in animal behavior. Lawrence Erlbaum.
	HULSE, S.H. (1986). One hundred years of psychological research in America : G. Stanley Hall and the Johns Hopkins tradition. Johns Hopkins University Press.
	HULSE, S.H. MacDOUGALL-SHACKLETON, S.A. & WISNIEWSKI, A.B. (1997). Auditory scene analysis by songbirds : Stream segregation of birdsong by European starlings (Sturnus vulgaris). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 111 (1), 3-13.
	GENTNER, T.Q. & HULSE, S.H. (1997). Perceptual mechanisms for individual vocal recognition in European starlings, Sturnus vulgaris. Animal Behaviour, 56 (3), 579-594.

Humain/Humanité : Espèce animale. Objet d'étude des sciences humaines et sociales. N.D.L.R.: L'humain est le seul animal convaincu de ne pas en être un... = homo sapiens, Homme. Man, human organism.

	FULLER, P. (1949). Operant conditioning of a vegetative human organism. American Journal of Psychology, 62, 587-590.
	BUCKLEY, K.W. (1989). Mechanical man : John Broadus Watson and the beginnings of behaviorism. NY : Guilford.
	FOLEY, R. (1995). Humans before humanity : an evolutionary perspective. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.

Human Biology : The International Journal of Population Genetics & Anthropology : Revue scientifique.

BOUCHARD, T.J. (1998). Genetic and environmental influences on adult intelligence and special mental abilities. Human Biology, 70 (2), 257-279.

Human Communication Research : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la communication. Éditeur : Wiley

DILLIARD, J., HUNTER, J. & BURGOON, M. (1984). Sequential request persuasive strategies : Meta-analysis of foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face. Human Communication Research, 10, 461-488.

Human Development : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement. Éditeur : Karger.

VAUCLAIR, J. (1984). A phylogenetic approach to object manipulation in human and nonhuman primates. Human Development, 27, 321-328.

Human Ecology : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'écologie humaine. Éditeur : Springer link.

AIELLO, J.R. & AIELLO-DE CARLO, T. (1974). The development of personal space : Proxemic behavior of children 6 through 16. Human Ecology, 2 (3), 177-189.

Human Evolution : Revue scientifiquequi consacre ses pages à l'étude des déterminant biogénétique des comportements humains. Éditeur : Elsevier.

POVINELLI, D.J., (1987). Monkeys, apes, mirrors and minds : The evolution of self-awareness in primates. Human Evolution, 2, 493-509.

Human Movement Science : Revue scientifiquequi consacre ses pages à l'étude du mouvement. Éditeur : Elsevier.

KUGLER, P. N. & TURVEY, M.T. (1987). Self-organization, flow fields, and information. Human Movement Science, 7, 97-129.

Human Performance : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.

GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (2002). Where and why g matters : Not a mystery. Human Performance, 15 (1/2), 25-46.

Human Psychopharmacology : Clinical & Experimental : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages aux études de cas et aux essais cliniques des thérapies médicamenteuses. Éditeur : Wiley.

CREANEY, W., MURRAY, I. & HEALY, D. (1991). Antidepressant induced suicidal ideation. Human Psychopharmacology, 6, 329-332.

Human Relations : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des comportements sociaux. Éditeur : Springer link.

FESTINGER, L. (1954). A theory of social comparison processes. Human Relations, 5, 117-140.

Humane Innovations & Alternatives : Revue scientifique. Maintenant Journal of Applied Animal Welfare Science.

SCHNEIDER, S.M. (1988). Rats' behavior in two different home cages. Humane Innovations and Alternatives, 2, 39-42.

Humanisme : L'une des plus importantes perspectives de la psychologie, et dont les chefs de file sont Maslow, May et Rogers. = perspective humanisme, la troisième voie, la troisième force, école de pensée humaniste. *existentialisme, phénoménologie, humanisme philosophique. ( ): Bugental, Bühler, Bühler, Chein, Csikszentmihalyi, Damon, Goldstein, Jourard, Maslow, May, Mezirow, Moss, Rogers, Rosenberg. Human potentiel mouvement, the third force in psychology, humanistic psychology.

	BUGENTAL, J.F.T. (1964). The third force in psychology. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 4 (1), 19-26.	ROWAN, J. (1989). Two humanistic psychologies or one? Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 29, 224-229
	JOURARD, S.M. (1972). A humanistic revolution in psychology. In A.G. Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of psychological research (pp. 6-13). New York : Free Press.	WILBER, K. (1989). Two humanistic psychologies ? A response. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 29, 230-243.
	SKINNER, B.F. (1972). Humanism and behaviorism. The Humanist, 32, 18-20.
	ELLIS, A. (1972). Humanistic psychotherapy : A revolutionary approach. Humanist, 32 (1), 24-28.	MOSS, D. (1998). Humanistic and transpersonal psychology : An historical and biographical sourcebook. Westport, CT : Greenwood.
	BERLYNE, D.E. (1975). Behaviorism? Cognitive Theory? Humanistic Psychology?—To Hull with them all! Canadian Psychological Review, 16, 69-80.
	SHAFFER, J.B.P. (1978). Humanistic psychology. Prentice-Hall.	SCHNEIDER, K.J., BUGENTAL, J.F.T. & PIERSON, J.F. (Eds.) (2001). The handbook of humanistic psychology : Leading edges in theory, research, and practice. Thousand Oaks : Sage.
	KRASNER, L. (1978). The future and the past in the behaviorism-humanism dialogue. American Psychologist, 33, 799-804.	MOSS, D. (2001). The roots and geneaology of humanistic psychology. In K.J. Schneider, J.F.T. Bugental & J.F. Pierson (Eds.) The handbook of humanistic psychology: Leading edges in theory, research and practice (pp. 5-20). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications
	MAY, R. & ROGERS, C. (1984). American politics and humanistic psychology. Dallas : Tom Greening Editor.	WERTZ, F.J. (2001). Humanistic psychology and the qualitative research tradition. In K.J. Schneider, J.F.T. Bugental & J.F. Pierson (Eds.), The handbook of humanistic psychology : Leading edges in theory, research and practice (pp. 231-246). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
	BULLOCK, A. (1985). The humanist tradition in the west. New York : Thames and Hudson.	BOHART, A.C. & GREENING, T. (2001). Humanistic psychology and positive psychology. American Psychologist, 55, 82-82.
	ROGERS, C.R. (1985). Toward a more human science of the person. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 25, 7-24.	ROBBINS, B. (2008). What is the Good Life : Positive psychology and the renaissance of humanistic psychology. The Humanistic Psychologist, 36, 96-112.
	STAGNER, R. (1988). A history of psychological theories. New York : Macmillan.	ELKINS, D. (2009). Humanistic psychology : A clinical manifesto. Colorado Springs : University of the Rockies Press.

Humanisme philosophique : Voir Philosophie humaniste. ( ): Aristote, Platon, Socrate.

Humanist : Revue qui consacre ses pages à l'humanisme en psychologie. Éditeur : Routledge.

SKINNER, B.F. (1977). The force of coincidence. Humanist, 31 (3), 10-11.

Humanistic Psychologist (The...) : Revue qui consacre ses pages à l'humanisme en psychologie. Éditeur : Routledge.

MAY, R. (1986). Transpersonal or transcendental ? The Humanistic Psychologist, 14 (2), 87-90.

Humboldt Alexander von (Berlin 1769-1859 Berlin) : Naturaliste allemand et fondateur de l'Université de Berlin. Il a reproduit les expériences de Galvini dans le but de mettre un terme à la controverse qui opposait Galvini à Volta sur l'origine et la nature de l'électricité animale (l'influx nerveux). Il a dit "Les croyances populaires, même les plus absurdes en apparence, reposent sur des faits réels, mais mal observés."


	PARENT, A. (2009). Histoire du cerveau. Québec : Presses de l'Univserité Laval.

Hume David (Edinburgh Écosse 1711-1776) : Philosophe associationiste écossais et fondateur de l'empirisme philosophique. Partisan du scepticisme(par opposition à l'idéalisme de Berkeley et au réalisme de Reid) et figure de proue de l'école empiriste anglo-saxonne. Pour Hume, toute science repose sur l'expérience et l'observation du monde.

	HUME, D. (1739/1946/60). A treatise of human nature : Being an attempt to introduce the experimental method of reasoning into moral subjects/ Traité de la nature humaine. Oxford : Clarendon Press/Paris : Aubier.
	HUME, D. (1742). Essays moral and political. Édimbourg : A. Kincaid.
	HUME, D. (1748/1983). An enquiry concerning human understanding /Enquête sur l'entendement humain. Paris : Flammarion.
	HUME, D. (1751). An enquiry concerning the principles of morals. Londres : A. Millar. / Enquête sur les principes de la morale.
	HUME, D. (1759/1990). Réflexions sur les passions. Paris : Le Livre de Poche.

	VARGAS, E.A. (1982). Hume’s “ought” and “is” statement : A radical behaviorist’s perspective. Behaviorism, 10 (1), 1-23.

Hume James Gibson ( ) : Psychologue canadien et membre fondateur de l'American Psychological Association. Étudiant de James, Hall et Münsterberg.

	HUME, J.G. (1891). The value of a study of ethics. Toronto : J. E. Bryant.
	HUME, J.G. (1895). Psychology in the University of Toronto. Psychological Review, 2, 172.
	HUME, J.G. (1897). The practical value of psychology for teachers. Toronto : George N. Morang.
	HUME, J.G. (1916). Scientific truth and the scientific spirit. University of Toronto Monthly, 16, 443-445.
	HUME, J.G. (1922). Evolution and personality. In Philosophical essays presented to John Watson (pp. 298-330). Kingston, ON : Queen's University Press.

Humeur : État plus ou moins agréable dans lequel se sent un individu et qui peut varier rapidement selon les circonstances. Mood.

	JACOBSON, E. (1957). Normal and pathological moods : their nature and functions. PSoCh, 12, 73-126.	LIEBERMAN, H.R., WURTMAN, R.J., EMDE, G.G., ROBERTS, C., COVIELLA, I.L.G. (1987). The effects of low doses of caffeine on human performance and mood. Psychopharmacologia, 92 (3), 308-312.
	MUELLER, C. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (1977). The effects of humor-induced arousal upon aggressive behavior. Journal of Research in Personality, 11, 73-82.	McFARLANE, J., MARTIN, C.L. & WILLIAMS, T.M. (1988). Mood fluctuations : Women versus men and menstrual versus other cycles. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 12, 201-223.
	BOWER, G.H. (1981). Mood and memory. American Psychologist, 36, 129-148.	THAYER, R.E. (1989). The biopsychology of mood and arousal. New York : Oxford.
	BRYSON, S. E., DOAN, B.D. & PASQUALI, P. (1984). Sadder bust wiser : A failure to demonstrate that mood influences judgments of control. Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science, 65, 145-153.	BLESS, H., BOHNER, G., SCHARTWZ, N. & STRACK, F. (1990). Mood and persuasion : A cognitive response analysis. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 16, 331-345.
		SALOVEY, P. (1992). Mood induced self-focused attention. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 62, 699-707.
	MANUCIA, G.K., BAUMANN, D.J. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1984). Mood influences on helping : Direct effects or side effects? Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 46, 357-364.	TAYLOR, M.J. & COOPER, P.J. (1992). Experimental study of the effect of mood on body size perception. Behaviour research & therapy, 30, 53-58.
		THASE, M. & KUPFER, M. (1995). Recent developments in the pharmacotherapy of mood disorders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 646-659.
		JOSEPHSON, B.R., SINGER J.A. & SALOVEY, P. (1996). Mood regulation and memory : Repairing sad moods with happy memories. Cognition & Emotion 10, 437-444.
	TELLEGEN, A. (1985). Structures of mood and personality and their relevance to assessing anxiety, with an emphasis on self-report. In A.H. Tuma & J. Maser (Eds.), Anxiety and the anxiety disorders (pp. 681-706). Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlebaum.	RABKIN, J.G. WAGNER, G.J. & RABKIN, R. (2001). Testosterone's effects not limited to mood (letter). Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 403-404.
	FOREHAND, R. FAUBER, R., LONG, N., BRODY, G.H. & SLOTKIN, J. (1987). Maternal depressive mood following divorce : An examination of predictors and adolescnt adjustment from a stress model perspective. Advances in Family Intervention, Assessment, & Therapy, 4, 71-98.	STEINER, M., DUNN, E. & BORN, L. (2003). Hormones and mood : from menarche to menopauseand beyond. Journal of Affective Disorders, 74 (1), 67-83.
		McFARLAND, C., BUEHLER, R., VON RUTI, R., NGUYEN, L., & ALVARO, C. (2007). The impact of negative moods on self-enhancing cognitions : The role of reflective vs. ruminative mood orientations. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 93, 728-750.
		WHITE, C. & McFARLAND, C., (2009). When are moods most likely to influence consumers’ product preferences? The role of mood focus and perceived relevance of moods. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 19, 526-536.
		ALBARRACIN, D. & HART, W. (2011). Positive mood + action = negative mood + inaction : Effects of general action and inaction concepts on decisions and performance as a function of affect. Emotion, 11, 951-957.

Humilité : Disposition à nuancer ou à réduire l'influence de ses propres succès ou qualité. Plusieurs bons leaders possèdent cette qualité ou statégie.

	COLLINS, J. (2001). Level 5 leadership : The triumph of humility and fierce resolve. Harvard Business Review, 79, 66–76.

Humor : International Journal of Humor Research : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de l'humour.

MATTE, G. (2001). A psychoanalytical perspective of humor. Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 14 (3), 223-241.

Humour : Toute activité humaine qui a pour but de faire sourire ou rire (et qui obtient effectivement ce résultat). Humor, sense of humor, joke.

	BERGSON, H. (1900/59). Le rire : essai sur la signification du comique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	CARROLL, J.L. (1990). The Relationship between Humor Appreciation and Perceived Physical Health. Psychology : A Journal of Human Behavior, 27 (2), 34-37.
	MAIER, N. (1932). A gestalt theory of humor. British Journal of Psychology, 23.	DALE, A.M.A., HUDAK, N.A. & YOVETICH, N.A. (1990). Benefits of humor in reduction of threat-induced anxiety. Psychological Reports, 66, 51-58.
	WOLFF, H.A., SMITH, C.E. & MURRAY, H.A. (1934).The psychology of humor. The Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 28 (4), 341-365.	SPECTOR, C.C. (1990). Linguistic humor comprehension of normal and language-impaired adolescents. Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders, 55, 533-541.
	MURRAY, H.A. (1934). The psychology of humor. The Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 29 (1), 66-81.	WYER, R.S. & COLLINS, J.E. (1992). A theory of humor elicitation. Psychological Review, 99, 663-688.
	COTTELL, R. (1947). Personality factors in response to Humor. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 42, 402-421.
	BYRNE, D. (1956). Relationship between Humor and the Expression of Hostility. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 53, 84-89.	OLSON, J.M. (1992). Self-perception of humor : Evidence for discounting and augmentation effects. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 62, 369-377.
	LEVINE, J. (1959). Humor as a disturbing stimulus. Journal of General Psychology, 60, 191-200.	DEANER, S.L & McCONATHA, J.T. (1993). Relationship of humor to depression and personality. Psychological Reports, 72 (3), 755-763.
	COSER, R.L. (1960). Laughter among Colleagues : A study of the social functions of fumor among the staff of a mental hospital. Psychiatry, 23 (1), 81-95.	UENO, Y. (1993). The relation between the attitude toward humor, aggression, and altruism. Japanese Journal of Psychology, 64 (4), 247-254.
	ZIGLER, E., LEVINE, J. & GOULD, L. (1967). Cognitive challenge as a factor in children’s humor appreciation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 6, 332-336.	THORSOSN, J.A. & POWELL, F.C. (1993). Sense of humor and dimensions of personality. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 49 (6), 799-809.
	DWORKIN, E.S. & EFRAN, E.S. (1967). The angered : Their susceptibility to varieties of humor. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 6, 233-236.
	BERKOWITZ, L. (1970). Aggressive humor as a stimulus to aggressive responses. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 4, 710-717.	CHRISTIE, G.L. (1994). Some psychological aspects of Humor. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,75, 479-489.
	McGHEE, P.E. (1971). Development of the humor response. Psychology Bulletin, 76, 328-348.
	SULS, J. M. (1972). A two-stage model for the appreciation of jokes and cartoons : An information processing analysis. In J.H. Goldstein & P.E. McGee (Eds.), The psychology of humor : Theoretical per-spectives and empirical issues (pp. 81-100). New York : Academic Press.	CHAPMAN, A.J. (1996). Social aspects of humorous laughter. In A.J. Chapman & H.C. Foot (Eds.), Humor and laughter : theory, research, and applications (pp.155-186.). New Brunswick, NJ : Transaction
	SVEBAK, S. (1974). A theory of sense of humor. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 15, 99-107.	McMORRIS, R. F., BOOTHROYD, RA., & PIETRANGELO, D.J. (1997). Humor in educational testing : A review and discussion. Applied Measurement in Education, 10, 269–297.
	SHULTZ, T.R. & HORIBE, F. (1974). Development of the appreciation of verbal jokes. Developmental Psychology, 10, 13-20.	VEATCH, T.C. (1998). A theory of humor. Humor - International Journal of Humor Research, 11 (2), 161-216.
	TERRY, R.I. & ERTEL, S.I. (1974). Exploration of individual differences in preferences for humor. Psychological Reports, 34, 1031-1037.
	SVEBAK, S. (1975). Styles in humour and social self-images. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology 16, 79-84.	DECKERS, L. & ROTONDO, D.M. (1999). Use of humor at work : Predictors and implications. Psychological Reports, 84,961-968.
	KELLY J.P, SOLOMON, P.J. (1975). Humor in television advertising. Journal of Advertising, 4 (3), 31-35.	HAMPES, W.H. (1999). The relationship between humor and trust. Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 12, 253-260.
	McGHEE, P.E. (1979). Humor : Its origin and development. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.	GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). Effect of humor on hitchhiking : a field experiment. North American Journal of Psychology, 3, 369-376. [PDF]
	TURNER, R.G. (1980). Self-Monitoring and humor production.Journal of Personality, 48 (2), 163-72.	ABEL, H.M. (2002). Humor, stress, and coping strategies. Humor - International Journal of Humor Research, 15 (4), 365-381.
	TOWNSEND, M.A.R. & MAHONEY, P. (1981). Humor and anxiety : Effects on class test performance. Psychology in the Schools, 18, 228-234.	GUÉGUEN, N. (2002), The effect of a joke on tipping when it is delivered at the same time as the bill. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 1955-1963. [PDF]
	HORGAN, D. (1981). Learning to tell jokes : A case study of metalinguistic abilities. Journal of Child Language, 8, 217-224.	GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). The effect of a joke on tipping when it is delivered at the same time as the bill. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 1955-1963. [PDF]
	CHANG, M. & GRUNER, C.R. (1981). Audience reaction to self-disparaging humor. Southern Speech Communication Journal, 46, 419-426.
	CHAPMAN, A.J.& FOOT, H.C. (1981). Psychology of Humor. Trends in Neurosciences, 4, 9.
	MADDEN, T.J. & WEINBERGER, M.G. (1982). The effects of humor on attention in magazine advertising. Journal of Advertising, 11 (3), 5-14.	EMERICH, D.M., CREAGHEAD, N.A., GRETHER, S.M., MURRAY, D. & GRASHA, C. (2003). The comprehension of humorous materials by adolescents with high-functioning autism and asperger’s syndrome. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 33, (3), 253-256.
	BROWNELL, H., MICHEL, D., POWELSON, J. & GARDNER, H. (1983). Surprise but not coherence : Sensitivity to verbal humor in right-hemisphere patients. Brain & Language, 18, 20-27.	CHIK, M.P.Y., LEUNG, C.S.B. & MOLLOY, G.N. (2005). Development of a measure of humour appreciation. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 5, 26-31
	DECKERS, L. & HRICIK, D. (1984).Orienting and humor responses : A synthesis. Motivation & Emotion, 8 ,183-204.
	BIHRLE, A., BROWNELL, H., POWELSON, J. & GARDNER, H. (1986). Comprehension of humorous and nonhumorous materials by left and right brain-damaged patients. Brain & Cognition, 5, 399-411.	HAMPES, W.H. (2006). Humor and shyness : The relation between humor styles and shyness. Humor - International Journal of Humor Research, 19 (2), 179-187.
	MASTEN, A.S. (1986). Humor and competence in school-aged children. Child Development, 57, 461-473.	CLINE, T.W. & KELLARIS, J.J. (2007). The influence of humor strength and humor-message relatedness on ad memorability : A dual process model. Journal of Advertising, 36 (1), 55-67.
	VAN BOURGONDIEN, M.E. & MESIBOV, G.B. (1987). Humor in high-functioning autistic adults. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 17, 417-424.	ZHOU, X.-X. (2008). Humor advertising appeal and its communication effects. Advances in Psychological Science, 16 (6), 955-963.
	CHAFE, W. (1987). Humor as a disabling mechanism. American Behavioral Scientist, 30, 16-26.	HODSON, G., RUSH, J. & MacINNIS, C.C. (2010). A "joke is just a joke" (except when it isn't): Cavalier humor beliefs facilitate the expression of group dominance motives. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 99, 660-682.
	SVEBAK, S. & APTER, M.J. (1987). Laughter : An empirical test of some reversal theory hypotheses. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology 28, 189-198.	GUÉGUEN, N. (2010). Men’s sense of humor and women’s responses to courtship solicitations: an experimental field study. Psychological Reports, 107 (1), 145-156. [PDF]
	NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C. M. & BLISSETT, S. E. (1988). Sense of humor as a moderator of the relation between stressful events and psychological distress : A prospective analysis. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 54, (3), 520-525.
	DECKERS, L., BUTTRAM, R.T. & WINSTEAD, D. (1989). Sensitization of humor responses to cartoons. Motivation & Emotion, 13, 71-81.

Humour sexiste : Sexist humor, sexist joke.

	GREENWOOD, D. & ISBELL, L.M. (2002). Ambivalent sexism and the dumb blonde : Men’s and women’s reactions to sexist jokes. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 26, 341-350.
	FORD, T.E. (2000). Effects of sexist humor on tolerance of sexist events. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1094-1107.

Humphrey Nicholas ( ) : Psychologue et philosophe anglais.

	HUMPHREY, N. (1971). Contrast illusions in perspective. Nature, 232, 91-93.
	HUMPHREY, N. (1988). Lies, damned lies and anecdotal evidence. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 11, 257-258.
	HUMPHREY, N. (1992). A history of the mind. Londres : Simon & Schuster.
	HUMPHREY, N. (2000). How to solve the mind-body problem. Imprint Academic.
	HUMPHREY, N. ( 2006). Seeing red : a study in consciousness. Harvard University Press.

Humphreys Lloyd G. (Lorane États-Unis 1913-2003 Urbana États-Unis) : Psychologue behavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence. Il est un des signataires du Groupe des 52. Professeur de Lubinski.

	HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1939). The effect of random alternation of reinforcement on the acquisition and extinction of conditioned eyelid reactions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 25, 141-158.
	HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1985). General intelligence : An integration of factor, test, and simplex theory. In B.B. Wolman (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp. 201-224). New York : Wiley.
	HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1988). Trends in levels of academic achievement of blacks and other minorities. Intelligence, 12, 231-260.
	HUMPHREYS, L.G., LUBINSKI, D. & YAO, G. (1993). Some curious regressions on a measure of general intelligence. Journal of School Psychology, 31, 385-405.
	HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1994). Intelligence from the standpoint of a (pragmatic) behaviorist. Psychological Inquiry, 5, 179-192.

Hunt J. McVicker (1906-1991) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de la motivation intrinsèque et de l'intelligence. Président de l'APA en 1952. Étudiant de Guilford.

	HUNT, J. McV. (Ed.) (1944). Personality and behavior disorders. New York : Ronald Press.
	HUNT, J. McV. (1960). Experience and the development of motivation: Some reinterpretations. Child Development, 31, 489-504.
	HUNT, J. McV. (1961). Intelligence and experience. New York : Ronald Press.
	HUNT, J. McV. (1963). Motivation inherent in information processing and action. In O. J. Harvey (Ed.), Motivation and social interaction: The cognitive determinants. New York: Ronald Press.
	HUNT, J. McV. (1971). Towards a history of intrinsic motivation. In H.I. Day, D.E. Berlyne, & D.E. Hunt (Eds.), Intrinsic motivation: A new direction in education. Toronto: Holt, Rinehart and Winston of Canada.

Hunt Morton M. (1920-) : Vulgarisateur scientifique et historien de la psychologie.

	HUNT, M.M. (1962). Mental hospital. Pyramid Books.
	HUNT, M.M. (1985). Profiles of social research : The scientific study of human interactions. New York : Russell Sage Foundation.
	HUNT, M.M. (1990). The compassionate beast : What science is discovering about the humane side of humankind. New York : Morrow.
	HUNT, M.M. (1994). The story of psychology. New York : Double Day.
	HUNT, M.M. (1997). How science takes stock : The story of meta-analysis. New York : Russell Sage Foundation.

Hunter Walter Samuel (Decatur 1889-1954 Providence ) : Psychologue américain et partisan d'une psychologie fondée sur la biologie. Président de l'APA en 1931.

Huntingford Felicity A. ( ) : Éthologiste écossaise, spécialisée dans l'étude des conflits et du bien-être animal.

	HUNTINGFORD, F.A. (1979). Pre-breeding aggression in male and female three-spined sticklebacks (Gasterosteus aculeatus ). Aggressive Behaviour, 5 (1), 51-58.
	HUNTINGFORD, F.A. (1984). The study of animal behaviour. London : Chapman and Hall.
	HUNTINGFORD, F.A. & TURNER, A. (1987). Animal conflict. London : Chapman & Hall.
	HUNTINGFORD, F.A. & COULTER, R.M. (1989). Habituation of predator inspection in the three-spined stickleback, Gasterosteus aculeatus L. Journal of Fish Biology, 35 (1), 153-154.
	HUNTINGFORD, F.A. (2003). A history of animal behaviour by a partial, ignorant and prejudiced ethologist. Animal Behaviour, 66 (3), 409-415.

Huntington Samuel Phillips (New York 1927-2008) : Politologue américain, spécialiste de l'étude du pouvoir et des rapports de force entre les cultures/civilisations.

	HUNTINGTON, S.P. (1996/2000). The clash of civilizations and the remaking of world order / Choc des civilisations. New York : Simon and Schuster/Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.

Huprich Steven K. ( ) : Psychanalyste américain et spécialiste des troubles de la pesonnalité, de la dépression et du test de Roshsarch.

	HUPRICH, S.K., O’NEILL, R.M., BORNSTEIN, R.F., KUSAJ, C. & SMITH, P.Q. (2003). Detecting social interest in dependent patients with the Rorschach Interpersonal cluster. Individual Differences Research, 1, 64-72.
	HUPRICH, S.K. (2004). Psychodynamic understanding of suicide. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 34, 23-39.
	HUPRICH, S.K. (2004). Convergent and discriminant validity of three measures of depressive personality disorder. Journal of Personality Assessment, 82, 321-328.
	HUPRICH, S.K., ZIMMERMAN, M. & CHELMINSKI, I. (2006). Disentangling depressive personality disorder from avoidant, borderline, and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 47, 298-306.
	HUPRICH, S.K., PORCELLI, J., KEASCHUCK, R., BINIENDA, J. & ENGLE, B. (2008). Depressive personality disorder, dysthymia and their relationship to perfectionism. Depression & Anxiety, 25, 207-217.

Husserl Edmund (Prosznitz Moravie 1859-1938 Fribourg) : Mathématicien et philosophe autrichien. Père de la phénoménologie. Il a développé une théorie des essences. Étudiant de Stumpf. Professeur d'Arendt, Marcuse et Heidegger.

	HUSSERL, E. (1900/70). The logical investigations. New York : Humanities Press.
	HUSSERL, E. (1925/77). Phenomenological psychology. The Hague : Martinus Nijhof.
	HUSSERL, E. (1936/70). The crisis of European sciences and transcendental phenomenology. Evanston, IL : Northwestern University Press.
	HUSSERL, E. (1960). Cartesian meditations : An introduction to phenomenology. The Hague : Martinus Nijhoff.
	HUSSERL, E. (1962-1969). Recherches logiques. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Hutchins Edwin ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, chef de file de l'ethnographie cognitive et père de la théorie de la cognition socialement distribuée (distributed cognition). Étudiant d'Andrade. Collaborateur de Norman.

	HUTCHINS, E., HOLLAND, J.D. & NORMAN, D.A. (1986). Direct manipulation interfaces. In D.A. Norman & S. Draper (Eds.), User centered system design : New perspectives on human-computer interaction. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
	HUTCHINS, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild. Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press.
	HUTCHINS, E. (1995). How a cockpit remembers its speeds. Cognitive Science, 19, 265-288.
	HUTCHINS, E. (2000). The cognitive consequences of patterns of information flow. Intellectica, 1 (30), 53-74.
	HUTCHINS, E. & HAZLEHURST, B. (2002). Auto-organization and emergence of shared language structure. In A. Cangelosi & D. Parisi (Eds.), Simulating the evolution of language (pp. 279-305). London : Springer-Verlag/MIT Press.

Huxley Andrew Fielding : Biologiste anglais et lauréat du prix nobel de médecine et de physiologie en 1963 (avec Hodgkin et Eccles). On lui doit la découverte des mécanismes du potentiel d'action, en collaboration avec Hodgkin (étude sur le calmar).

	HODGKIN, A.L., HUXLEY, A.F. & KATZ, B. (1952). Measurement of current-voltage relations in the membrane of the giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4), 424-448.
	HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). Currents carried by sodium and potassium ions through the membrane of the giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116, (4), 449-472.
	HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). A quantitative description of membrane current and its application to conduction and excitation in nerve. Journal of Physiology, 117, 500-544.
	HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The dual effect of membrane potential on sodium conductance in the giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4), 497-506.
	HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The components of membrane conductance in the giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116(4), 473-496.

Huxley Julian Sorell (Londres 1887-1975) : Biologiste évolutionniste, z oologiste anglais et vulgarisateur scientifique. Il a aussi été le premier directeur de l'Unesco.

	HUXLEY, J. (1932/72). Problems of relative growth. London: Methuen/Dover edition.
	HUXLEY, J. (1942). Evolution : The modern synthesis. London : George Allen and Unwin.
	HUXLEY, J., MAYR, E., OSMOND, H. & HOFFER, A. (1964). Schizophrenia as a genetic morphism. Nature 204, 220-221.
	HUXLEY, J. (1976). Le comportement rituel chez l'homme et l'animal. Paris : Gallimard.
	HUXLEY, T.H. & HUXLEY, J. (1947). Evolution and ethics 1893-1943. Pilot : London.

Huxley Thomas Henry (Ealing 1825-1895) : Biologiste évolutionniste et philosophe anglais. Collaborateur de Darwin.

	HUXLEY, T.H. (1860). On species, and races and their origin. Proc. Roy. Inst. 1858-62 (3), 195.
	HUXLEY, T.H. (1860). The origin of species. Westminster Review.
	HUXLEY, T.H. (1861). On the zoological relations of man with the lower animals. Natural History Review, (new series).
	HUXLEY, T.H. (1863). Evidence as to man's place in nature. D. New York : Appleton & co.
	HUXLEY, T.H. (1864). Further remarks on the human remains from the Neanderthal. Natural History Review, 4, 429-46.

Hybridation :

	VILA, C. & WAYNE, R.K. (1999). Hybridization between wolves and dogs. Conservation Biology, 13, 195-198.

Hyde Janet Shibley ( ) : Psychologue et féministe américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du genre et des différences sexuelles. Collaboratrice de Caplan.

	HYDE, J.S., FENNEMA, E. & LAMON, S. (1990). Gender differences in mathematics performance: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 107, 139-155.
	HYDE, J.S. (1994). Should psychologists study gender differences? Yes, with some guidelines. Feminism & Psychology, 4 (4), 507-512.
	HYDE, J.S. & PLANT, E.A. (1995). Magnitude of psychological gender differences : another side to the story. American Psychologist, 50, 159-161.
	HYDE, J.S. (2005). The gender similarities hypothesis. American Psychologist, 60, (6) 581-592.
	HYDE, J.S. (2007). New directions in the study of gender similarities and differences. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 16, 259-263.

Hygge Staffan ( ) : Psychologue suédois, spécialisé dans l'étude du stress environnemental et des influences du bruit sur la santé mental. Collaborateur de Haines, Öhman et Stansfeld et

	HYGGE, S. & ÖHMAN, A. (1978). Modeling processes in the acquisition of fears : Vicarious electrodermal conditioning to fear-relevant stimuli. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 36(3), 271-279.
	HYGGE, S., EVANS, G.W. & BULLINGER, M. (2002). A prospective study of some effects of aircraft noise on cognitive performance in schoolchildren. Psychological Science, 13, 469-74.
	HYGGE, S. (2003). Classroom experiments on the effects of different noise sources and sound levels on long-term recall and recognition in children. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 17, 895-914.
	HYGGE, S., BOMAN, E. & ENMAKER, I. (2003). The effects of road traffic noise and meaningful irrelevant speech on different memory systems. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 44, 13-21.
	HYGGE, S. (2011). Noise and cognition in children. In J.O. Nriagu (Ed.), Encyclopedia of environmental health (Vol. 4, pp. 146-151). Burlington : Elsevier

Hygiène :

Hyman Herbert Hiram (1918-1985) : Sociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des groupes de référence.

	HYMAN, H.H. (1942). The psychology of status. Archives of Psychology, 269, 5-91.
	HYMAN, H.H. & SINGER, E. (Eds.) (1968). Readings in reference group theory and research. New York : Free Press.
	HYMAN, H.H. (1968). Reference Groups. In D. Sills (Ed.), International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences (Vol. 13, pp. 353-359). New York : Macmillan Company & Free Press.
	HYMAN, H.H. (1975). Interviewing in social research. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
	HYMAN, H.H., WRIGHT, C.R. & REED, J.S. (1975). The enduring effects of education. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.

Hyman Ray (Chelsea États-Unis 1928-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, magicien et critique de la parapsychologie et de ses explications non-scientifiques. Collaborateur de Beyerstein.

	HYMAN, R. (1964), The nature of psychological inquiry. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall,
	HYMAN, R. (1977). Cold reading : how to convince strangers that you know all about them. Zetetic, 1 (2), 18-37.
	HYMAN, R. (1989). The elusive quarry : A scientific appraisal of psychical research. Prometheus Books.
	HYMAN, R. (1996). The evidence for psychic functioning : Claims vs. reality. Skeptical Inquirer magazine, March/April.
	ANDRUS, J. & HYMAN, R. (2000). Andrus card control. Eugene, OR : Chazpro Magic.

Hyperactivité : Activité motrice et comportementale trop intense ou désordonnée qui nuit à l'apprentissage et au fonctionnement des autres (surtout en classe), et que l'individu ne parvient pas à contrôler. Hyperactivité, Ritalin et relaxation. = trouble d'hyperactivité. Hyperactivity, hyperactive children, overactive, hyperkinetic child, overactive behavior.

	CHILDERS, A. T. (1935). Hyper-activity in children having behavior disorders. American Journal of Ortho-psychiatry, 5, 227-243.
	BAIR, H.V. & HEROLD, W. (1955). Efficacy of chlorpromazine in hyperactive mentally retarded children. A.M.A. Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 74, 363-364.	PRINZ, R.J., ROBERTS, W.A. & HANTMAN, E. (1980). Dietary correlates of hyperactive behavior in children. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48 (6), 760-769.
	LAUFER, M. & DENHOFF. (1957). Hyperkinetic behavior syndrome in children. Journal of Pediatrics, 50, 463–474.	ROUTH, D.K. & SCHROEDER, C.S. (1976). Standardized playroom measures as indices of hyperactivity. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 4, 199–207.
	LAUFER, M., DENHOFF. & SOLOMONS, G. (1957). Hyperkinetic impulse disorder in children’s behavior problems. Psychosomatic Medicine, 19, 38–49.	ROBINSON, P.W., NEWBY, T.J. & GANZELL, S.L. (1981). A token system for a class of underachieving hyperactive children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 14 (3), 307-315. [PDF]
	CHESS, S. (1960). Diagnosis and treatment of the hyper- active child. New York State Journal of Medicine, 60, 2379-2385.	O'LEARY, K.D. (1981). Assessment of hyperactivity : Ob- servational and rating scale methodologies. In S. A. Miller (Ed.), Nutrition and behavior (pp. 291–298). Philadelphia : Franklin Institute Press.
	BURKS, H.F. (1960). The hyperkinetic child. Exceptional Children, 27 18.	COLLINS, B.E. (1981). The myth and entity of hyperactivity. In M.B. Brewer & B.E. Collins (Eds.), Knowing and validating : A tribute to Donald T. Campbell. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
	PATTERSON, G.R. (1964). An application of conditioning techniques to the control of a hyperactive child. In Ullman, L.P. & Krasner, L. (Eds.), Case studies in behavior modification. New York : Holt, Rinehart, Winston.	BARKLEY, R.A. (1981). The hyperactive children. N.Y. : Guilford Press.
	PATTERSON, G.R., JONES, R., WHITTIER, J. & WRIGHT, Mary A. (1965). A behavior modification technique for the hyperactive child. Behavior Research & Therapy, 2, 217-226.	ROSS D.M. & ROSS, S.A. (1982). Hyperactivity. New York : Wiley and sons.
	DOUBROS, S.G. & DANIELS, G.J. (1966). An experimental approach to the reduction of overactive behavior. Behavior Research & Therapy, 4, 251-258.	RAPPORT, M.D., MURPHY, H.A. & BAILEY, S.J. (1982). Ritalin vs. response cost in the control of hyperactive children : a within-subject comparison. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (2), 205-216.
	CONNERS, C.K. (1966). The effect of dexedrine on rapid discrimination and motor control of hyperkinetic children under stress. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 142, 429-433.	O'LEARY, K.D. (1984). Mommy I can't sit still : Coping with the aggressive and hyperactive child. New York : Horizon Press.
	MILLICHAP, J.G. & BOLDREY, E.E. (1967). Studies in hyperkinetic behavior. II. Laboratory and clinical evaluations of drug treatments. Neurology, 17, 467-472.	HINSHAW, S.P., HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1984). Cognitive, behavioral and pharmacologic interventions for hyperactive boys : Comparative and combined effects. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 739-749.
	MILLICHAP, J.G., AYMAT, ., STURGIS, L.H., LARSEN, K.W. & EGAN, R. (1968). Hyperkinetic behavior and learning disorders. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 116, 235-244.	ROSENBAUM, M. & BAKER, E. (1984). Self-control behavior in hyperactive and nonhyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 12, 303-318.
		ABIKOFF, H. & GITTELMAN, R. (1985). Hyperactive children treated with stimulants : Is cognitive training a usefuladjunct ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 42, 953- 961.
	WERRY, J.S. (1968). Developmental hyperactivity. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 15 (3), 581-599.	WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B. & HINSHAW, S.P (1985). Cognitive behavioral therapies for hyperactive children: Premises, problems, and prospects. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 13, 391-410.
	EPSTEIN, L.C., LASAGNA, L., CONNERS, C.K. & RODRIGUEZ, A. (1968). Correlation of dextro-amphetamine excretion and drug response in hyperkinetic children. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 146, 136-146.	WOLRAICH, M.D., MILICH, R., STUMBO, P. & SCHULTZ, F. (1985). Effects of sucrose ingestion on the behavior of hyperactive boy. The Journal of Pediatrics, 106 (4), 675-682.
	WEISS, G., WERRY, J., MINDE, K., DOUGLAS, V. & SYKES, D. (1968). Studies on the hyperactive child. V. The effects of dextroamphetamine and chlorpromazine on behaviour and intellectual functioning. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 9 (3), 145-156.	MILICH, R., WOLRAICH, M.D. & LINDGREN, S. (1986). Sugar and hyperactivity : A critical review of empirical findings. Clinical Psyhology Review, 6, 493-513.
	STEWART, M. A. (1970). Hyperactive children. Scientific American, 222, 94–98.	WEISS, G. & HECHTMAN, L. (1986). Hyperactive children grown up. New York : Guilford Press.
	SYKES, D.H., DOUGLAS, V.I., WEISS, G. & MINDE, K.K. (1971). Attention in hyperactive children and the effect of methylphenidate (Ritalin). Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 12, (2), 129-139.	CAMPBELL, S.B., BREAUX, A.M., EWING, L.J. & SZUMOWSKI, E.K. (1986). Correlates and predictors of hyperactivity and aggression : A longitudinal study of parent-referred problem preschoolers. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 14, 217-234.
	CAMPBELL, S.B., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGANSTERN, G. (1971). Cognitive styles in hyperactive children and the effect of methylphenidate. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 12, 55-67.	HOFFER, A. (1986). Vitamin therapy for hyperactivity and schizophrenia : A family struggle. Journal of Orthomolecular Medicine, 1, 57-62.
	MINDE, K., KEWIN, D., WEISS, G., LAVIGUEUR, H., DOUBLAS, V. & SYKES, E. (1971). The hyperactive child in elementary school : A 5 year, controlled, followup. Exceptional Children, 38, 215-221.	ZENTALL, S.S. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1986). Hyperactivity ratings : Statistical regression provides an insufficient explanation of practice effects. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 11, 393-396.
	SYKES, D.H., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGENSTERN, G. (1972). The effect of methylphenidate (ritalin) on sustained attention in hyperactive children. Psychopharmacologia, 25 (3), 262-274.	DUGAS, M. (1987). L'hyperactivité chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	SAFER, D., ALLEN, R. & BARR, E. (1972). Depression of growth in hyperactive children on stimulant drugs. New England Journal of Medicine, 287 (5), 217-220.	WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B., CASTRO, J. & GRANGER, D. (1987). Peer perceptions of hyperactivity and medication effects. Child Development, 58, 816-828.
	TWARDOSZ, S. & SAJWAJ, T. (1972). Multiple effects of a procedure to increase sitting in a hyperactive, retarded boy. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 5 (1), 73-78.	TAYLOR E. A. (1988). Diagnosis of hyperactivity : A British perspective. In L.M. Bloomingdale & J. Sergeant (Eds.), Attention deficit disorder : Criteria, cognition, intervention (pp. 141–160). New York : Pergamon Press.
	CAMPBELL, S.B. (1973). Mother-child interaction in reflective, impulsive, and hyperacative children. Developmental Psychology, 8, 341-349.	LAMBERT, N.M. (1988). Adolescent outcomes for hyper- active children. American Psychologist, 43, 786–799.
	CHRISTENSEN, D. & SPRAGUE, R. (1973). Reduction of hyperactive behavior by conditioning procedures alone and combined with methylphenidate (Ritalin) . Behavior Research & Therapy, 11, 331-334.	GOODMAN, R. & STEVENSON, J. (1989). A twins study of hyperactivity : II. The etiological role of genes, family relationships, and perinatal adversity. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 30, 691-709.
	WEISS, G., KRUGER, E., DANIELLSON, U. & ELMAN, M. (1975). Effect of long-term treatment of hyperactive children with methylphenidate. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 112 (2), 159-165. [PDF]	TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P., CHAJCZYK, D. & LOGAN, G D. (1989). Effect of Mythylphenidate on inhibititory control in hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17 (5), 473-491.
	BARKLEY, R.A. & ULLMAN, D. G. (1975). A comparison of objective measures of activity level and distractibility in hyperactive and nonhyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 3, 213-244.	ZAMETKIN, A.J., NORDAHL, T. E., GROSS, M., KING, A C., SEMPLE, W.E., RUMSEY, J., HUMBURGER, S., COHEN, R.M. (1990). Cerebral glucose metabolism in adults with hyperactivity of childhood onset. New England Journal of Medicine, 323, 1361-1366. [PDF]
	CAMPBELL, S.B. (1975). Mother-child interactions : A comparison of hyperactive, learning disabled, and normal boys. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 45, 51-57.
	MORRISON, J.R. & MINKOFF, K. (1975). Explosive per- sonality as a sequel to the hyperactive child syndrome. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 16, 343–348.	FISHER, M., BARKLEY, R.A., EDELBROCK, C.S. & SMALLISH, L. (1990). The adolescent outcome of hyperactive children diagnosed by research criteria : II. Academic, attentional, and neuropsychological status. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 58 (5), 580-588.
	DOUGLAS, V.I. (1975). Are drugs enough?— to treat or train the hyperactive child. International Journal of Mental Health, 5, 199-212.
	AYLLON, T., LAYMAN, D. & KANDEL, H.J. (1975). A behavioral-educational alternative to drug control of hyperactive children. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 8, 137-146. [PDF]	WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1990). Social judgment processes in hyperactive boys : Effects of methylphenidate and comparisons with normal peers. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 18, 297-316.
	BORNSTEIN, P.H. & QUEVILLON, R.P. (1976). The effects of a self-instructional package on overactive preschool boys. ournal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 9 (2), 179–188. [PDF]	GOUPIL, G. (1990). Hyperactivité. Dans G. Goupil (Dir.), Élèves en difficulté d’adaptation et d’apprentissage (pp. 158-164). Boucherville (Québec) : Gaëtan Morin. Morin.
	HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S. (1976). multiple-baseline analysis of social-skills training in chronic schizophrenics. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 9 (3), 239-245.	McGEE, R., PARTRIDGE, F., WILLIAMS, S. & SILVA, P.A. (1991). A twelve year follow-up of preschool hyperactive children, Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 30, 224- 232.
	ZENTALL, S.S. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1976). Activity and task performance of hyperactive children as a function of manipulated environmental stimulation. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 44, 693-697.	WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1991). The social impact of stimulant treatment for hyperactive children. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 24, 231-241.
	O'LEARY, K.D., PELHAM, W E., ROSENBAUM., A. & PRICE, G.H. (1976). Behavioral treatment of hyper- kinetic children: An experimental evaluation of its usefulness. Clinical Pediatrics, 15, 510–515.	WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1991). Therapies for hyperactive children : Comparisons, combinations, and compromises. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 126-137.
	BORNSTEIN, P.H. & QUEVILLON, R.P. (1976). The effects of a self-instructional package on overactive preschool boys. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 9 (2), 179-188.	BUHRMESTER, D., WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B., MacDONALD, V. & HINSHAW, S.P. (1992). Prosocial behavior in hyperactive boys : Effects of stimulant medication and comparison with normal boys. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20, 103-121.
	SAFER D. J. & ALLEN, R. (1976). Hyperactive children. Baltimore : University Park Press.	DUBÉ, R. (1992). Hyperactivité et déficit d'attention chez l'enfant. Boucherville : Gaëtan Morin
	FREIBERGS, V. & DOUGLAS, V. I. (1969). Concept learning in hyperactive and normal children. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 74, 388–395.
	FIRESTONE, P., LEWY, F. & DOUGLAS, V.I. (1976). Hyperactivity and physical anomalies. Canadian Psychlatric Association Journal, 21, 23-26. [PDF]	KANAREK, R.B. (1994). Does sucrose or aspartame cause hyperactivity in children? Nutrition Review, 52 (5), 173-175.
	SHAFTO, F. & SULZBACHER, S. (1977). Comparing treatment tactics with a hyperactive preschool child : Stimulant medication and programmed teacher intervention. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 10 (1), 13-20. [PDF]	THAPAR, A., HERVAS, A. & McGUFFIN, P. (1995). Child-hood hyperactivity scores are highly heritable and show sibling competition effects : Twin study evidence. Behavior Genetics, 25, 537–544.
	ABIKOFF, H., GITTELMAN-KLEIN, R. & KLEIN, D. (1977). Validation of a classroom observation for code for hyperactive children. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 45, 772-783.	PARISIEN, M. (1995). Les enfants hyperactifs à l’adolescence, à l’âge adulte. Psychologie Québec, 12 (4), 15.
	BLOCK G.H. (1977). Hyperactivity : A cultural perspective. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 110, 236-240.	THAPAR, A., HERVAS, A., & McGUFFIN, P. (1995). Childhood hyperactivity scores are highly heritable and show sibling competition effects : Twin study evidence. Behavior Genetics, 25, 537-544.
	CAMPBELL, S.B., ENDMAN, M., & BERNFELD, T. (1977). A three-year follow-up of hyperactive preschoolers into elementary school. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 18, 239-249.	WOLRAICH, M.D., WILSON, D.B., & WHITE, J.W. (1995). The effect of sugar on behavior or cognition in children: A meta-analysis. Journal of the American Medical Association, 274, 1617-1621.
	BARKLEY, R.A. (1977) A review of stimulant drug research with hyperactive children. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 18, 137-166.	ZAMETKIN, A. J. (1995). Attention-deficit disorder : born to be hyperactive? Journal of the American Medical Assocation, 273 (23), 1871-1874.
		TAYLOR, E. & CHADWICK, O., HEPTINSTALL, E. & DANCKAERTSs, M. (1996). Hyperactivity and conduct problems as risk factors for adolescent development. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 1213 –1226
	WULBERT, M. & DRIES, R. (1977). The relative efficacy of methylphenidate (ritalin) and behavior-modification techniques in the treatment of a hyperactive child. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 21-31.	DUCHE, J. (1996). L'enfant hyperactif. Paris : Ellipses.
	ROSE, T.L. (1978). The functional relationship between artificial food colors and hyperactivity. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 11 (4), 439-446.	DORÉ, C. et COHEN, D. (1996). La prescription de stimulants aux enfants "hyperactifs" : une étude pilote des incitatifs et des contraintes pour les parents, les médecins et les enseignants. Santé Mentale au Québec, 22 (1), 216-238.
	ZENTALL, S.S. & ZENTALL, T.R. & BARACK, R.S. (1978). Distraction as a function of within-task stimulation for hyperactive and normal children. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 11, 540-548.	CHARLEBOIS, P., NORMANDEAU, S., VITARO, F. & BERNÈCHE, F. (1999). Skills training for inatttentive-overactive aggressive boys : differential effects of content and delivery method. Behavioral Disorders, 24, 137-150.
	BARKLEY, R.A. (1978). Recent developments in research on hyperactive children. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 3, 158-162.	GORDON, M. (1999). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder : diagnosis and management in the USA. Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 92 (9), 453-455. [PDF]
	WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B., COLLINS, B.E., FINCK, D. & DOTEMOTO, S. (1978). A social ecology of hyperactive boys : medication effects in structured classroom environments. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (1), 65-81.	MASSÉ, L. (1999). Déficit de l'attention/hyperactivité. Dans Troubles psychopathologiques de l'enfant et de l'adolescent : Approche intégrée (p. 163-182). Boucherville, Québec : Gaëtan Morin.
	BARKLEY, R. & CUNNINGHAM, C. (1978). Do stimulant drugs improve the academic performance of hyperkinetic children? a review of outcome studies. Clinical Pediatrics, 17 (1), 85-92.	NAGIN, D. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (1999). Trajectories of boys' physical aggression, opposition, and hyperactivity on the path to physically violent and nonviolent juvenile delinquency. Child Development, 70, 1181-1196.
	HASTINGS, J. BARKLEY, R.A (1978). A review of psychophysiological research with hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7, 413-447.	JOSEPH, J. (2000). Not in their genes : A critical view of the genetics of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Developmental Review, 20, 539-567.
	GORDON, M. (1979). The assessment of impulsivity and mediating behaviors in hyperactive and non-hyperac- tive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7, 317–326.	POISSANT, H. (2000). Le trouble déficitaire d'attention/d'hyperactivité. Revue Canadienne de Psycho-Éducation, 29 (2),
	CAMPBELL, S.B. & PAULAUSKAS, S.L (1979). Peer interaction in hyperactive children. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 20, 233-246.
	MILCH, R. & LONEY, J. (1979). The role of hyperactive and aggressive symptomatology in predicting adoles- cent outcome among hyperactive children. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 4, 93–112.
	TRITES, R.L. (1979). Hyperactivity in children. Univ. Park Press Baltimore.	ARMSTONG, T. (2002). Déficit d'attention et hyperactivité, stratégies pour intervenir autrement en classe. Montréal : Chenelière/McGrawHill.
	BACKMAN, J. & FIRESTONE, P. (1979). A review of psychopharmacological and behavioral approaches to the treatement of hyperactive children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 49 (3), 500-503. [PDF]
	BACKMAN, J. & FIRESTONE, P. (1979). A review of psychopharmacological and behavioral approaches to the treatment of hyperactivie children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 49 (3), 500-504. [PDF]	SCHNOLL, R., BURSHTEYN, D. & CEA-ARAVENA, J. (2003). Nutrition in thetreatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder : A neglected but important aspect. Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback, 28 (1), 63-75.
	O'LEARY, K.D. (1980). Pills or skills for hyperactive children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13 (1), 191-204.	VREEMAN R.C. & CARROLL, A.E. (2008). Festive medical myths. British Medical Journal, 337, [PDF]

Hyperamnesie : Hyperamnesie.

	ERDELYI, M.H. & BECKER, J. (1974). Hypermnesia for pictures : Incremental memory for pictures but not words in multiple recall trials. Cognitive Psychology, 6, 159-171.
	ROEDIGER, H.L. & PAYNE, D.G. (1985). Recall criterion does not affect recall level or hypermnesia : A puzzle for generate/recognize theories. Memory & Cognition, 13, 1-7.
	PAYNE, D.G. (1987). Hypermnesia and reminiscence in recall : A historical and empirical review. Psychologi-cal Bulletin, 101, 5-27.

Hyperkinésie : Excès de mouvements involontaires. EX: chorée de Huntington.

hyperamnésie : Transfert rapide en mémoire à long terme de l'information contenue dans la mémoire à court terme. Hypermnesia.

	ERDELYI, M.H. & BECKER, J. (1974). Hypermnesia for pictures. Incremental memory for pictures but not words in multiple recall trials. Cognitive Psychology, 6, 159-171.	PAYNE, D.G. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (1987). Hypermnesia occurs in recall but not in recognition. American Journal of Psychology, 100, 145–165.
	ROEDIGER, H.L. & THORPE, L.A. (1978). The role of recall time in producing hypermnesia. Memory & Cognition, 6, 296-305. [PDF]	KLEIN, S.B., LOFTUS, J., Kihlstrom, J F., & ASERON, R. (1989). Effects of item-specific and relational information on hypermnesic recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 15, 1192–1197.
	ROEDIGER, H.L. (1982). Hypermnesia : The importance of recall time and asymptotic recall level. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 21, 662–665.	OTANI, H., & HODGE, M.H. (1991). Does hypermnesia occur in recognition and cued recall? American Journal of Psychology, 104, 101–116.
	ROEDIGER, H.L. & PAYNE, D.G. (1982). Hypermnesia : The role of repeated testing. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 8, 66–72. [PDF]	PAYNE, D.G., HEMBROOKE, H.A. & ANASTASI, J.S. (1993). Hypermnesia in free and cued recall. Memory & Cognition, 21, 48–62.
	ROEDIGER, H.L., PAYNE, D.G. GILLEPSIE, G.L. & LEAN, D.S. (1982). Hypermnesia as determined by level of recall. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 21, 635-665. [PDF]	BURNS, D. J. (1993). Item gains and losses during hypermnesic recall : Implications for the item-specific-relational information distinction. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 19, 163–173.
	ROEDIGER, H.L. & PAYNE, D.G.. (1985). Recall criterion does not affect recall level or hypermnesia: A puzzle for generate/recognize theories. Memory & Cognition, 13, 1-7. [PDF]	OTANI, H. & STIMSON, M.J. (1994). A further attempt to demonstrate hypermnesia in recognition. The Psychological Record, 44, 25–34.
	PAYNE, D.G. (1986). Hypermnesia for pictures and words: Testing the recall level hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 12, 16–29.	KELLEY, M.R. & NAIRNE, J.S. (2003). Remembering the forgotten: Reminiscence, hypermnesia, and memory for order. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 56 (4), 577-599. [PDF]
	PAYNE, D.G. (1987). Hypermnesia and reminiscence in recall : A historical and empirical review. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 5–27.	OTANI, H., KATO, K., VON GLAHN, N. R., NELSON, M. E., WIDNER, R. L., JR., & GOERNERT, P.N. (2008). Hypermnesia: A further examination of age differences between young and older adults. British Journal of Psychology, 99, 265-278.

Hyperphagie : Trouble alimentaire analogue à la boulimie. L'hyperphagie se distingue de cette dernière par l'absence de contrôle du poids et donc par l'absence d'entraînement intensif ou de vomissements. Binge Eating Disorder, BED, binge eating.

	FAIRBURN, C.G., MARCUS, M.D. & WILSON, G.T. (1993). Cognitive behaviour therapy for binge eating and bulimia nervosa : A comprehensive treatment manual. In C.G. Fairburn & G.T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating : Nature, assessment, and treatment (pp. 361-404). New York : Guilford Press.
	REDLIN, J., MILTENBERGER, R.G., CROSBY, R., WOLFF, G. & STICKNEY, M. (2002). Functional assessment of binge eating in a clinical sample of obese binge eaters. Eating & Weight Disorders, 7, 106-115.
	ABRAMSON, L.Y., BARDONE, A.M., VOHS, K.D., JOINER, T.E. & HEATHERTON, T.F. (2002). The paradox of perfectionism and binge eating : Toward a resolution. In L.B. Alloy & J.H. Riskind (Eds.), Cognitive vulnerability to emotional disorders. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum.
	BRANSON, R., POTOCZNA, N., KRAL, J.G., LENTES, K.-U., HOEHE, M.R. & HORBE, F.F. (2003). Binge eating as a major phenotype of melanocortin 4 receptor gene mutations. The New England Journal of Medicine, 348, 1096-1103.
	BULIK, C.M., BROWNLEY, K.A. & SHAPIRO, J.R. (2007). Diagnosis and management of binge eating disorder. World Psychiatry, 6 (3), 142-148.
	YAGER, J. (2008). Binge eating disorder : The search for better treatments. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 4-6.
	BOSCH, A., MILTENBERGER, R.G., GROSS, A., KNUDSON, P. & BROWER-BREITWIESER, C. (2008). Evaluation of extinction as a functional treatment for binge eating. Behavior Modification, 32, 556-576.
	GIDDINNG, T.C. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2010). Evaluation of a functional treatment for binge eating associated with bulimia nervosa. Eating & Weight Disorders, 15, 100-107.

Hypersensibilité (à la dopamine) : Supersensitivity.

	CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. & ANNABLE, L. (1978). Neuroleptic-induced supersensitivity psychosis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 135, 1409-1410.
	CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. (1980). Neuroleptic-induced supersensitivity psychosis : Clinical and pharmacologic characteristics. American Journal of Psychiatry, 137 (1), 16-21. [PDF]
	CHOUINARD, G. (1991). Severe cases of neuroleptic-induced supersensitivity psychosis. Schiophrenia Research, 5, 21-33.
	SEEMAN, P. (2005). Dopamine supersensitivity correlates with D2 HIGH states, implying many paths to psychosis. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 102, 3513-3518.
	SAMAHA, A. (2007). Breakthrough dopamine supersensitivity during ongoing antipsychotic treatment leads to treatment failure over time. Journal of Neuroscience, 27, 2979-2986.

Hypersexualisation : Ensemble des comportements et des stratégies axées sur le corps et dont le but est de séduire à tout prix. L’hypersexualisation du corps se manifeste par une tenue vestimentaire qui met en évidence des parties du corps (décolleté, chandail-bedaine ou moulant, pantalon taille basse, etc.); des accessoires et des produits qui accentuent de façon importante certains traits et cachent « les défauts » (maquillage, bijoux, talons hauts, ongles en acrylique, coloration des cheveux, soutien-gorge à bonnets rembourrés, etc.); des transformations du corps qui ont pour but de mettre en évidence certaines caractéristiques ou signaux sexuels (épilation des poils du corps et des organes génitaux, musculation importante des bras et des fesses, etc.); des interventions chirurgicales qui transforment le corps en «objet artificiel»: seins en silicone, lèvres gonflées au collagène; front en botox, postures exagérées du corps qui envoient le signal d’une totale disponibilité sexuelle: bomber les seins, ouvrir la bouche, se déhancher, etc. des comportements sexuels axés sur la génitalité et le plaisir sexuel de l’autre.

	BOUCHARD, P., BOUCHARD, N. & BOILY, I. (2005). La sexualisation précoce des filles. Montréal : Les éditions Sisyphe.
	POULIN, R. et CLAUDE, M. (2008). Pornographie et hypersexualisation. Enfances dévastées. Ottawa : L'Interligne.
	JULIEN, M. (2010). La mode hypersexualisée. Montréal : Les éditions Sisyphe.
	RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (2006). Lexique sur les différences sexuelles, le féminisme et la sexualité. Montréal : Université du Québec à Montréal

Hypertension : Pression artérielle dépassant 16 cm de mercure en systole et 9 cm de mercure en diastole ou 16/9,5. > /hypotension. Hypertension.

	HINES, E.A. & BROWN, G.E. (1932). A standard stimulus for measuring vasomotor reactions : Its application to the, study of hypertension. Proceedings of the Staff Meetings of the Mayo Clinic, 7, 332.
	NEUS, H., RUDDEL, H. SCHULTE, W. & VON EIFF, A.W. (1983). The long-term effect of noise on blood pressure. Journal of Hypertension, 1 (S. 2), 251-253.
	FAHRION, S., NORRIS P., GREEN, E. & SCHNAR, R. (1987). Behavioral treatment of hypertension : A group outcome study. Biofeedback and Self-Regulation, 11, 257-278.
	FRANCIS, C.S. (1991). Hypertension, cardiac disease, and compliance in minority patients. American Journal of Medicine, 91 (S.1A), 29-36.
	MADDEN, D.J. & BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (1998). Interaction of hypertension and age in visual selective attention performance. Health Psychology, 17, 76-83.
	BLUMENTHAL, J.A., SHERWOOD, A., GULLETTE, E.D., GEORGIADES, A. & TWEEDY, D. (2002). Biobehavioral approaches to the treatment of hypertension. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (3), 569-589.
	BLUMENTHAL, J.A., SHERWOOD, A. & BACON, S.L. (2003). Effects of exercise and weight loss on hypertension. Journal of Americain Medical Association, 290,885-886.

hyperventilation : Hyperventilation

	MACDONALD, A., BAKER, J., STEWART, S. & SKINNER, M. (2000). The effects of alcohol on the response to hyperventilation of participants high and low in anxiety sensitivity. Alcoholism : Clinical and Experimental Research, 24, 1656–1665.

Hypnagogique : Voir État hypnagogique.

Hypnose/Hypnothérapie : Comme moyen de traitement, Charcot fut le premier à utiliser l'hypnose. Il enseigna ses techniques à Freud, qui utilisa l'hypnose pour sonder l'inconscient de ses patients, avant de l'abandonner au profit de l'association-libre. De nos jours surtout utilisé pour favoriser la détente et la relaxtion. Hypnose et suggestibilité. Hypnosis, hypnotherapy.

	CHARCOT, J.M. (1882). Sur les divers états nerveux déterminés par l'hypnotisation chez les hystériques. Comptes-rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l'Académie des Sciences.	MELZACK, R. & PERRY, C. (1975) Self-regulation of pain : The use of alpha-feedback and hypnotic training for the control of chronic pain. Experimental Neurology, 46 (3), 452-469.
	BERNHEIM, H. (1884). De la suggestion dans l'état hypnotique et dans l'état de veille. Paris : Octave Doin.	SPANOS, N.P. & BARBER, T.X. (1976). Behavior modification and hypnosis. In M. Hersen, R. M. Eisler, and Miller. (Eds.), Progress in behavior modification. New York : Academic Press.
	BABINSKI, J. (1890). La suggestion dans l'hynotisme. Dans Société des psychologie physiologique de Paris (p. 131-139). Paris : Société d'éditions scientifiques.	BARKLEY, R.A., HASTINGS, J. & JACKSON, T. (1977). The effects of rapid smoking and hypnosis in the treatment of smoking behavior. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 25, 7-17.
	BERNHEIM, H. (1891). Hypnotisme, suggestion, psychothérapie. Etudes Nouvelles, Paris : Doin.	NASH, M.R., JOHNSON, L.S. & TIPTON, R.D. (1979). Hypnotic age regression and the occurrence of transitional object relationships. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 88, 547-555.
	FREUD, S. (1891/1970). Hypnose. In M. Tinterow (Ed.), Foundations of hypnosis : From Mesmer to Freud (pp. 460-471). Springfield, IL : Charles C. Thomas.	ORNE, M.T. (1979). The use and misuse of hypnosis in court. International Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 27, 311-341.
	GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1889). L'hypnotisme et les états analogues. Paris : Plon.	WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. (1980). Hypnotic susceptibility revisited. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 22, 130-146.
	WUNDT, W. (1892). Hypnotisme et suggestion. Paris : Félix Alcan.	WADDEN, T.A. & ANDERTON, C.H. (1982). The clinical use of hypnosis. Psychological Bulletin, 91, 215-243.
	BINET, A. (1899). The psychology of reasoning. Based on experimental researches in hypnotism. Chicago : Open Court.	SMITH, M.C. (1983). Hypnotic memory enhancement of witnesses: Does it work? Psychological Bulletin, 94, 387-407.
	FOREL, A. (1906). Hypnotism or suggestion and psychotherapy. Londres : Rebman.	SPANOS, N.P. (1986). Hypnotic behavior : A social psycological interpretation of amnesia, analgesia and "trance logic. Behavioural & Brain Science, 9, 449-502.
	BRAMWELL, J.M. (1913). Hypnotism : its history, practice and theory. London : W. Rider.	COCHRANE, G. & FRIESEN, J. (1986). Hypnotherapy in weight loss treatment. Joumal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 54, 489-492.
	HULL, C.L. (1933). Hypnosis and suggestibility an experimental approach. New York : Crown House Publishing.	BLISS, E.I. (1986). Multiple personality, allied disorders and hypnosis. New York : Oxford.
	KANTOR, J.R. & DAVIS, R.C. (1932). Skin resistance during hypnotic states. Journal of General Psychology, 13, 62-164.
	FRIEDLANDER, J.W. & SARBIN, T.R. (1938). The depth of hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology, 33, 453-375.	ERICKSON, M.H. (1986). L'hypnose thérapeutique, quatre conférences. ESF.
	WELLS, W.R. (1941). Experiments in the hypnotic production of crime. Journal of Psychology, 11, 63-102.	NASH, M.R. (1987). What, if anything, is regressed about hypnotic age regression? A review of the empirical literature. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 42-52.
	EASTBROOKS, G.H. (1948). Hypnotism. New York : Dutton.	ZANGWILL, O.L. (1987). Hypnotism, history of. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (pp. 330-333). Oxford : Oxford University Press.
	ORNE, M.T. (1951). The mechanisms of hypnotic age regression: An experimental study. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 46, 213-225	OLNESS K. & GARDNER, G. (1988). Hypnosis and hypnotherapy with children. Philadelphia : Grune & Stratton.
	YOUNG, P.C. (1952). Antisocial uses of hypnosis. In L.M. LeCron (Ed.), Experimental hypnosis (pp. 376-409). New York : MacMillan	LAURENCE, J.R. & PERRY, C. (1988). Hypnosis, will and memory : A psycho-legal history. New York, NY : Guilford.
	ORNE, M.T. (1953). Hypnosis, hypnotherapy, and medical practice. Tufts Medical Journal, 21, 3-15.	BARABASZ, M. & SPIEGEL, D. (1989). Hypnotizability and weight loss in obese subjects. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 8, 335-341.
	ELLIS, A. (1953). Reactions of psychotherapy patients who resist hypnosis. The Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 1, 12-15.	CHAVES, J.F. (1989). Hypnotic control of clinical pain. In N.P. Spanos & J.F. Chaves (Eds.), Hypnosis : The cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, NY : Prometheus Books.
		BAKER, R.A. (1990). They call it hypnosis. Amherst, NY : Prometheus Books.
	ELLIS, A. (1958). Hypnotherapy with borderline schizophrenics. Journal of General Psychology, 59, 245-253.	WESTER, W.C. & O'GRADY D.J. (Ed.) (1991). Clinical hypnosis with children. New Yok : Brunner Mazel.
	WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. & HILGARD, E.R. (1959). Stanford hypnotic susceptibility scale, forms A and B. Palo Alto, CA : Consulting Psychologists Press.	SPANOS, N.P., QUIGLEY, C.A., GWYNN, M.I., GLATT, R.L. & PERLINI, A.H. (1991). Hypnotic interrogation, pretrial preparation, and witness testimony during direct and cross-examination. Law & Human Behavior, 15, 639-653.
		KIRSCH, I., MOBAYED, C.P., COUNCIL, J.R. & KENNY, D.A. (1992). Expert judgments of hypnosis from subjective state reports. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 657-662.
	ORNE, M. (1959). The nature of hypnosis : artefact and essence. The Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 58, 277-299.	GAULD, A. (1992). A history of hypnotism. Cambridge, U.K. : Cambridge University Press.
	WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. & HILGARD, E.R. (1962). Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale, Form C. Palo Alto, CA : Consulting Psychologists Press.	LUNDH, L.G. (1992). Placebo, cognition, and emotion. In W. Bongartz (Ed.), Hypnosis : 175 years after Mesmer. Recent developments in theory and application (pp. 151-159). Konstanz : Universitätsverlag.
	BARBER, T.X. & HAHN, K.W. (1962). Physiological and subjective responses to pain producing stimulation under hypnotically-suggested and waking-imagined "analgesia". Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 65, 411-418.	KIHLSTROM, J.F. (1992). Hypnosis : A sesquicentennial essay. International Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 40, 301-314.
	ORNE, M.T. & EVANS, F.J. (1965). Social control in the psychological experiment: Antisocial behavior and hypnosis. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 1, 189-200.	BAKICH, I. (1995). Hypnosis in the treatment of sexual desire disorders. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 23 (1), 70-77.
	HILGARD, E.R (1965). Hypnotic susceptibility. New York : Harcourt, Brace & World.	KIRSCH, I. & LYNN, S.J. (1995). The altered state of hypnosis - Changes in the theoretical landscape. American Psychologist, 50 (10), 846-858.
	ORNE, M.T. (1966). Hypnosis, motivation and compliance. American Journal of Psychiatry, 122, 721-726.	NASH, M. & NADON, R. (1997) Hypnosis. In D.L. Faigman, D. Kaye, M.J. Saks & J. Sanders (Eds.), Modern scientific evidence: The law and science of expert testimony. St. Paul, MN : West.
	BLATT, S. J., GOODMAN, J.T. & WALLINGTON, S.A. (1969). Is the hypnotist also being hypnotized? International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 17, 160-166.	FROMM, E. & NASH, M.R. (1997). Psychoanalysis and hypnosis. Madison, CT : International Universities Press.
	BARBER, T.X. (1969). Hypnosis : A scientific approach. New York, NY : Van Nostrand Reinhold.	KIRSCH, I. & LYNN, S J. (1998). Social-cognitive alternatives to dissociation theories of hypnotic involuntariness. Review of General Psychology, 2 (1), 66-80.
	LENOX, J.R. (1970). Effect of hypnotic analgesia on verbal report and cardiovascular responses to ischemic pain. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 75, 199-206.	WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. (2000). The practice of hypnotism. John Wiley & Sons.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1970/79). Personality and hypnosis : A study of imaginative involvement. Chicago, IL : University of Chicago Press.	KIRSCH, I. & BRAFFMAN, W. (2001). Imaginative suggestibility and hypnotizability. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 4 (2), 57-61.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1971). Pain : Its reduction and production under hypnosis. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 115, 470-476.	SCOBORIA, A., MAZZONI, G., KIRSCH, I. & MILLING, L.S. (2002). Immediate and persisting effects of misleading questions and hypnosis on memory reports. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Applied, 8, 26-32.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1971). Hypnotic phenomena : The struggle for scientific acceptance. AmericanScientist, 567-577.	STENGERS, I. (2002). L’hypnose entre science et magie. Paris : Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond.
	SARBIN, T.R.W. & COE, C. (1972). Hypnotic behavior : The social psychology of influence communication. New-York : Holt, Reinhart & Winston.	KIHLSTROM, J.F. (2003). Hypnosis and memory. In J.F. Byrne (Ed.), Learning and memory (pp. 240-242). Farmington Hills, Mi. : Macmillan Reference.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1973). A neodissociation interpretation of pain reduction in hypnosis. Psychological Review, 80, 403-419.	KILLEEN, P.R & NASH, M.R. (2003). The four causes of hypnosis. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 51, 195-231.
	GALLUP, G.G. (1974). Animal hypnosis : Factual states of a fictional concept. Psychological Bulletin, 81, 836-853.	KIRSCH, I. & LYNN, S.J. (2004). Hypnosis and will. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 27, 667-668.
	HILGARD, E.R., RUCH, J.C., LANGE, A.F., LENOX, J.R., MORGAN, A.H. & SACHS, L.B. (1974). The psycho-physics of cold pressor pain and its modification through hypnotic suggestion. American Journal of Psychology, 87, 17-31.	HEAP, M. & KIRSCH, I. (2006). Hypnosis : Theory, research and application. Aldershot, UK : Ashgate Publishers.
	BARBER, T.X. & SPANOS, N.P. (1974). Toward a convergence in hypnosis research. American Psychologist, 29, 500-511.	SCOBORIA, A., MAZZONI, G. & KIRSCH, I. (2006). Effects of misleading questions and hypnotic memory refreshment on memory reports : A signal detection analysis. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 54 (3), 340-359. [PDF]
		LYNN, S.J., & CARDENA, E. (2007). Hypnosis and the treatment of posttraumatic conditions : An evidence- based approach. International Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 55, 167-188.
	BARBER, T.X., SPANOS, N.P. & CHAVES, J.F. (1974). Hypnosis, imagination and human potentialities. New York : Pergamon.	MICHAUX, D. (2008). Histoire de l’analgésie hypnotique. Douleur et Analgésie, 21 (1).
	HILGARD, E.R. & HILGARD, J.R. (1975/83). Hypnosis in the relief of pain. Los Altos : Kaufmann.	KIHLSTROM, J.F. (2008). The domain of hypnosis, revisited. In M. Nash & A. Barnier (Eds.), Oxford handbook of hypnosis (pp. 21-52). Oxford : Oxford University Press.
		MILLING, L.S., COURSEN, E.L., SHORE, J.S. & WASZKIEWICZ, J.A. (2010). The predictive utility of hypnotizability : The change in suggestibility produced by hypnosis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78 (1), 126-130.

Hypocondrie : Trouble de la somatisation décrit par Galien. Préoccupation excessive et angoissante du sujet à l'égard de sa santé, centrée sur la crainte ou l'idée d'être atteint d'une maladie, la plupart du temps fondée sur une interprétation erronée de symptômes physiques réels ou imaginaires. = malade imaginaire. Hypochondriasis, hypocondria.

	WHYTT, R. (1777). Traité des maladies nerveuses, hypochondriaques et hystériques. Paris : Didot F. Lib.	FALLON, B.A. (2001). Pharmacologic strategies for hypochondriasis. In V. Starcevic & D.R. Lipsitt (Eds.), Hypochondriasis : Modern perspectives on an ancient malady (pp. 329-351). New York : Oxford.
	LORAND, S. (1928). A narcissistic neurosis with hypochondriac symptoms. Psychoanalytic Review, 15, 261-277.	STARCEVIC, V. (2001). Clinical features and diagnosis of hypochondriasis. In V. Starcevic & D.R. Lipsitt (Eds.), Hypochondriasis : Modern perspectives on an ancient malady (pp. 21-60). New York : Oxford.
	FALLON, B.A., JAVITCH, J.A., HOLLANDER, E. & LiIEBOWITZ, M.R. (1991). Hypochondriasis and obsessive compulsive disorder : Overlaps in diagnosis and treatment. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 52, 457–560.
	BARSKY, A.J. (1992). Hypochondriasis and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 15, 791-801.	VISSER, S. & BOUMAN, T.K. (2001). The treatment of hypochondriasis : Exposure plus response prevention vs cognitive therapy. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 39, 423-442.
	OTTO, M., POLLACK, M., SACHS, G., & ROSENBAUM, J. (1992). Hypochondriacal concerns, anxiety sensitivity, and panic disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 6, 93–104.	SALKOVSKI, P.M., RIMES, K.A., WARWICK, H.M. & CLARK, D.M. (2002). The health anxiety inventory : Development and validation of scales for the measurement of health anxiety and hypochondriasis. Psychological Medicine, 32, 843–853.
	CLARK, D.M., SALKOVSKI, P.M., HACKMAN, A., WELLS, A., FENNELL, M., UDGATE, J., AHMAND, S., RICHRDS, H.C. & GELDER, M. (1998). Two psychological treatments for hypochondriasis, a randomized controlled trial. British Journal of Psychiatry, 173, 218-225.	RIEF, W., HILLER, W. & MARGRAF, J. (2003). Cognitive aspects of hypochondriasis and the somatization syndrome. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 107, 587-595.
	OTTO, M., DEMOPULOS, C.J., McEAN, N., POLLACK, M., & FAVA, M (1998). Additional findings on the association between anxiety sensitivity and hypochondriacal concerns : Examination of patients with major depression. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 12, 225–232.	CREED F. & BARSKY, A. (2004). A systematic review of the epidemiology of somatisation disorder and hypochondriasis. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 56, 391-408.
	NOYES, R. (1999). The relationship of hypochondriasis to anxiety disorders. General Hospital Psychiatry, 21, 8–17.	DAVEY, G.C.L. & BOND, N. (2006). Using controlled comparisons in disgust psychopathology research : The case of disgust, hypochondriasis and health anxiety. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 37 (1), 4-15.
	FALLON, B.A., QURESHI,, A.I., LAJE, G. & KLEIN, B (2000). Hypochondriasis and its relationship to obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23, 605-616.	FALLON, B.A., PETKOVA, E., SKRITSKAYA, N., SANCHEZ-LACAY, A., SCHNEIER, F., VERMES, D., CHENG, J. & LIEBOWITZ, M.R. (2008). A double-masked placebo-controlled study of fluoxetine for hypochondriasis. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 28, 638-645.
	FAVA, G.A. & MANGELLI, L. (2001). Hypochondriasis and anxiety disorders. In V. Starcevic & D.R. Lipsitt (Eds.), Hypochondriasis : Modern perspectives on an ancient malady (pp. 89-102). New York : Oxford.	DEACON, B. & ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (2008). Is hypochondriasis related to obsessive-compulsive disorder, panic disorder, or both? An empirical evaluation. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy : An International Quarterly, 22 (2), 115-127. [PDF]

Hypocrisie : Hypocrisy.

	BATSON, C.D., THOMPSON, E.R. & CHEN, H. (2002). Moral hypocrisy : Addressing some alternatives. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 83, 330-339.

Hypokinésie : Perte du controle des mouvements. EX: syndrome parkinsonien.

Hypophyse : Petite glande endocrine située à la base du cerveau; sécrète plusieurs hormones et régit le fonctionnement d'autres glandes endocrines. Pituitary gland.


	ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.

Hypothalamus : Structure du cerveau, plus précisément du système limbique, décrite par Forel, mais ainsi désigné par His. Elle intervient dans les émotions et les pulsions essentielles à la survie telles que la peur, le plaisir, la faim, la soif et la reproduction; régit le système nerveux autonome. Elle régule également la température interne du corps. Hypothalamus.


	KENNEDY, G.C. (1950). The hypothalamic control of food intake in rats. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series B, 137, 535-549.	SWAAB, D.F. & HOFMAN, M.A. (1995). Sexual differentiation of the human hypothalamus in relation to gender and sexual orientation. Trends in Neurosciences, 18, 264-270.
	OLDS, J. & OLDS, M.E. (1958). Positive reinforcement produced by stimulating hypothalamus with iproniazid and other compounds. Science, 127, 1175-1176.	MORGANE, J.P. & PANKSEPP, J. (Eds.) (1979/80/81). Handbook of the hypothalamus : Vol. 1-2-3-4 : Anatomy of the Hypothalamus. New York : Marcel Dekker, Inc.
	STEIN, L. & WISE, C.D. (1969). Release of norepinephrine from hypothalamus and amygdala by rewarding medial forebrain bundle stimulation and amphetamine. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 67, 189-198.
	BARD, P. (1973). The ontogenesis of one physiologist. Annual Review of Physiology, 35, 1-16.	LEVAY, S. (1991). A difference in hypothalamic structure between heterosexual and homosexual men. Science, 253, 1034-1037.
	KEESEY, R.E. & POWLEY, T.L. (1975). Hypothalamic regulation of body weight. American Scientist, 63, 558-565.	VERTES, R.P. (2006). Interactions among the medial prefrontal cortex, hippocampus and midline thalamus in emotional and cognitive processing in the rat. Neuroscience, 142 (1), 1-20
	OLDS, J. (1977). Drives and reinforcements : Behavioral studies of hypothalamic functions. New York : Raven Press.
	ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.

Hypothèse : Affirmation provisoire, qui découle généralement d'une théorie, visant à prédire l'existence d'un phénomène ou la relation entre deux ou plusieurs phénomènes. L'hypothèse décrit le monde tel que le cherche l'imagine, compte tenu de ce que l'on sait au moment où il émet cette hypothèse. Une fois correctement formulée, cette hypothèse sera soumis à un processus de vérification empirique. Une hypothèse peut être vraie ou fausse. Si elle est confirmée, on dira de cette hypothèse qu'elle décrit le monde tel qu'il est. *objectif de recherche. Hypothesis.

	PEPPER, S.C. (1942). World hypotheses : A study in evidence . Berkeley : University of California Press.
	POINCARRÉ, H. (1968). La science et l'hypothèse. Paris : Champs Flammarion.
	VAN GELDER, T. (1998). The dynamical hypothesis in cognitive science. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 1-14.
	POLETIEK, F. (2001). Hypothesis-testing behaviour. Hove, UK : Psychology Press.

Hypothèse ad hoc : Hypothèse de circonstance formulée expressément pour expliquer un ou quelques phénomènes dont l'inteprétation est épineuse, voire impossible. Si elle s'avère, l'hypothèse ad hoc permet de sauvegarder la ou les hypothèses principales d'une théorie de la réfutation/falsification. Pour Bunge, une hypothèse ad hoc n'est valable que si elle peut être vérifiée par les faits, indépendemment de la théorie qu'elle sert à protéger. *deus ex machina.

	BEAUGRAND, J.P. (2004). Vocabulaire de méthodologie. [LIRE]

Hypothèse alternative (H1) : Hypothèse statistique que le chercheur cherche à accepter, et donc à démontrer. Cette hypothèse postule l'existence d'une différence significative entre A et B (donc A > B, A < B ou A < > B). On accpete l'hypothèse alternative après avoir rejeterl'hypothèse nulle. = H1, contrehypothèse, hypothèse non-nulle, hypothèse du chercheur, hypothèse significative, hypothèse acceptée. ( ): hypothèse unilatérale, hypothèse bilatérale. Alternative hypothesis, non-null hypothesis.

Type	Notation		Rôle
Hypothèse nulle	A = B		Hypothèse que le chercheur tente de rejeter
Hypothèse Alternative	Unilatérale	A > B ou A < B	Hypothèse que le chercheur tente d'accepter (donc de confirmer)
Hypothèse Alternative	Bilatérale	A B

Décision/Conclusion	Bonne conclusion	Mauvaise conclusion
Je ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle...	Il n'y a donc pas de différence significative entre A et B	A égale B
Je rejette l'hypothèse nulle...	Alors j'accepte l'hypothèse alternative : il y a une différence significative entre A et B

	DENIS, D. (2001). Inferring the alternative hypothesis : Risky business. Theory & Science, 2 (1). [LIRE]
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Hypothèse bilatérale : Hypothèse alternative soumise à un test bilatéral, et qui postule que A n'égale pas B, donc A < > B. =hypothèse bidirectionnelle, hypothèse bicaudale.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Hypothèse confirmée : Hypothèse existentielle vraie, qui se fonde sur des faits, qui correspond à la réalité. = hypothèse vraie, test positif. Hypothèse confirmée et donnée probante.

	KLAYMAN, J. & HA, Y.W. (1987). Confirmation, disconfirmation, and information in hypothesis-testing. Psychological Review, 94, 211-228.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Hypothèse corroborée : Souvent considérée comme synonyme d'hypothèse confirmée. Selon Popper, il s'agit d'une hypothèse falsibiable vraie. /hypothèse falsifiée.

	MEEHL, P.E. (1990). Corroboration and verisimilitude : Against Lakatos' "sheer leap of faith". Minneapolis : University of Minnesota, Center for Philosophy of Science.

Hypothèse de l'équivalence des environnements : Voir Postulat de l'équivalence des environnements. Equal Environments Assumption.

Hypothèse de recherche : Hypothèse mise à l'épreuve lors d'une recherche scientifique. Ce que soutient le chercheur dans sa problématique. Sur le plan statistique, correspond habituellement à l'hypothèse alternative.

Hypothèse de travail : Hypothèse générale qui guide le chercheur dans sa recension des écrits.

Hypothèse du u monde juste: Voir Tthéorie du monde juste.

Hypothèse existentielle (positive) : Se dit d'une hypothèse scientifique formulée de manière à ce que l'on puisse montrer qu'elle est vraie car confirmée pas les faits. Logiquement, ce type d'hypothèse affirme l'existence d'un phénomène (Il existe un x...). Si cette affirmation peut être confirmée, elle demeure infalsibiable. EX: Il existe des éléphants gris. Si on trouve effectivement un éléphant de cette couleur, l'hypothèse sera confirmée, donc définitevement vraie en ce monde; par ailleurs, si on ne trouve pas d'éléphant gris, cela ne nous autorise pas à déclarer l'hypothèse définitivement fausse puisque cet éléphant peut exister ailleurs, dans un autre monde ou à une autre époque. = affirmation existentielle positive.

Peut être définitivement vraie		Peut être définitivement fausse
OUI		NON

Hypothèse existentielle négative : Hypothèse qui nie l'existence d'un phénomène ou d'une classe de phénomènes. EX: Il n'existe pas d'éléphants roses. En science, cette forme d'hypothèse est habituellement utilisée en conjonction avec une hypothèse falsifiable. EN effet, on ne peut pas montrer de façon définitive que l'hypothèse falsifiable Tous les éléphants sont gris est vraie car, pour y parvenir, il faudrait observer tous les éléphants, de tous les mondes, de toutes les époques (vaste programme, comme dirait De Gaulle). Cependant, l'hypothèse qui possède un quantificateur universel - un Tout - équivaut logiquement à nier l'existence d'autres phénomènes (Si tous les éléphants sont gris, il n'existe pas d'éléphants roses ou mauves). Si cette hypothèse existentielle négative est contredite par les faits - on vient de découvrir un éléphant rose sur la planète Éthilyc 12 - l'hypothèse falsibiable sera alors falsifiée, donc définitivement fausse. Utilisée seule, cette hypothèsea a peu de valeur car, si elle peut être contredite par les faits, il est impossible de démontrer qu'elle est vraie puisque, pour y parvenir, il faudait passer en revue tous les lieux, de tous les mondes, de toutes les époques où l'on observer un éléphant. = affirmation existentielle négative.

Peut être confirmée		Peut être infirmée
NON		Oui

Hypothèse falsifiable/Hypothèse falsifiée : Pour Popper, se dit d'une hypothèse scientifique formulée de manière à ce que l'on puisse montrer qu'elle est fausse car contredite pas les faits (Tous les x sont...) Logiquement, cette hypothèse utilise un quantificateur universel, qui nie l'existence d'une classe de phènomème. EX: Tous les éléphants sont gris est une hypothèse falsibiable, qui équivaut logiquement à : Il n'existe pas d'éléphants roses. Si on trouve effectivement un éléphant de couleur rose (phénomène ou classe de phénomènes qui n'est pas censé exister), on dira que l'hypothèse est fausse ou falsifiée, car contredite par les faits; par ailleurs, si on ne trouve pas d'éléphant rose, l'hypothèse sera considérées comme temporairement vraie ou corroborée (et non confirmée) jusqu'à preuve du contraire. En résumé, une hypothèse falsifiable peut être temporairement vraie ou définitvement fausse. = hypothèse réfutée. /hypothèse corroborée.

Peut être définitevement vraie		Peut être définitevement fausse
NON		OUI

Hypothèse infirmée : Hypothèse existentielle fausse, qui ne correspond pas à la réalité, aux faits. = hypothèse fausse, hypothèse réfutée, test négatif. Disconfirmation.

	KLAYMAN, J. & HA, Y.W. (1987). Confirmation, disconfirmation, and information in hypothesis-testing. Psychological Review, 94, 211-228.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Hypothèse nulle (Ho) : Hypothèse statistique que le chercheur désire rejeter. Cette hypothèse postule qu'il n'y a pas de différence entre A et B (A et B étant des groupes ou des mesures). Notez A = B. En dépit de sa notation, cette hypothèse est formulée de manière à être rejetée. En effet, si on rejette l'hypothèse nulle, il faut accepter l'hypothèse alternative, qui correspond généralement à l'hypothèse que soutient le chercheur et qui affirme qu'il existe une différence significative entre A et B. Par contre, si on ne rejette pas cette hypothèse, on ne peut conclure à son égalité ( A = B) puisque la probabilité que cela soit vraie est extrêment faible. Alors plutôt que d'affirmer que l'hypothèse est acceptée, et que A = B, on dira simplement que l'hypothèse ne peut être rejetée et qu'il n'y a donc pas de différence significative entre A et B. Hypothèse nulle et ampleur de l'effet. = hypothèse zéro, hypothèse de non-différence, Ho, hypothèse non-significative, hypothèse rejetée. Null hypothesis, null results.

Type	Notation		Rôle
Hypothèse nulle	A = B		Hypothèse que le chercheur tente de rejeter
Hypothèse Alternative	Unilatérale	A > B ou A < B	Hypothèse que le chercheur tente d'accepter (donc de confirmer)
Hypothèse Alternative	Bilatérale	A B

Décision/Conclusion	Bonne conclusion	Mauvaise conclusion
Je ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle...	Il n'y a donc pas de différence significative entre A et B	A égale B
Je rejette l'hypothèse nulle...	Alors j'accepte l'hypothèse alternative : il y a une différence significative entre A et B

	ROZEBOOM, W.W. (1960). The fallacy of the null-hypothesis signifiance test. Psychological Bulletin, 57, 416-428.	WAINER, H. (1999). One cheer for null hypothesis significance testing. Psychological Methods, 4 (2), 212-213
	GREENWALD, A.G. (1975). Consequences of prejudice against the null hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 82, 1-20. [PDF]	NICKERSON, R.S. (2000). Null hypothesis significance testing : A review of an old and continuing controversy. Psychological Methods, 5 (2), 241-301.
	ROSENTHAL, R. (1979). The "file drawer problem" and tolerance for null results. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 638-641.	VACHA-HAASE, T., NILSSON, J.E., REETZ, D.R., LANCE, T.S. & THOMPSON, B. (2000). Reporting practices and APA editorial policies regarding statistical significance and effect size. Theory & Psychology 10, 413-425.
	HEDGES, L.V., COOPER, H.M. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (1992). Testing the null hypothesis in meta-analysis. A comparison of combined probability and confidence interval procedures. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 188-194.	HOWARD, G.S., MAXWELL, S.E. & FLEMING, K.J. (2000). The proof of the pudding : An illustration of the relative strengths of null hypothesis, meta-analysis, and Bayesian analysis. Psychological Methods, 5 (3), 315-332.
		BROWN, G.R. & SILK, J.B. (2002). Reconsidering the null hypothesis: Is maternal rank associated with birth sex ratios in primate groups? Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 99 (17), 11252-11255. [PDF]
	HARCUM, E.R. (1990). Distinction between tests of data or theory : Null versus disconfirming results. American Journal of Psychology, 103, 359-366.	SHAFFER, J.P. (2002). Multiplicity, directional (Type III) errors, and the null hypothesis. Psychological Methods, 5 (3), Psychological Methods, 7 (3), 356-369.
	FRICK, R.W. (1996). The appropriate use of null hypothesis testing. Psychological Methods, 1 (4), 379-390.	ALCOCK, J.E. (2003). Give the null hypothesis a chance : Reasons to remain doubtful about the existence of psi. Journal of Consciousness Studies, 10 (6-7), 29-50. [PDF]
	MALGADY, R.G. (1996). The question of cultrual bias in assessment and diagnosis of ethnic minority clients: Let’s reject the null hypothesis. Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 77, 73-77.	KILLEEN, P.R. (2005). An alternative to null hypothesis statistical tests. Psychological Science, 16, 345–353.
	TRYON,W.W. (1998). The inscrutable null hypothesis. American Psychologist, 53, 796.	WILSON, D.B. & SHADISH, W.R. (2006). On blowing trumpets to the tulips : To prove or not to prove the null hypothesis : Comment on Bösch, Steinkamp and Boller (2006). Psychological Bulletin, 132, 524-528.
	NIX, T. W. & BARNETT J.J. (1998). The data analysis dilemma: ban or abandon. A review of null hypothesis significance testing. Research in the Schools 5, 3-14.	GALLISTEL, C.R. (2009). The importance of proving the null. Psychological Review, 116 (2), 439-453.
	KRANTZ, D.H. (1999) The null hypothesis testing controversy in psychology. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 94, 1372-1381.	WISEMAN, R. (2010). ’Heads i win, tails you lose’ : How parapsychologists nullify null results. Skeptical Inquirer, 34 (1), 36-39,

Hypothèse opérationnelle : Hypothèse dont le ou les concepts ont été traduits en des termes observables et mesurables (donc opérationnalisés). Habituellement formulée lors de la conception de l'outil de collecte de données.

Hypothèse réfutée :

	POPPER, K.R. (1972). Conjectures and refutations, The growth of scientific knowledge. London : Routledge.

Hypothèse Sapir-Whorf : Cette théorie, formulée par Sapir et Whorf, postule que certaines catégories linguistiques (concepts et grammaire) façonnent notre perception du monde (alors que les théories de l'époque prétendaient le contraire c-à-d que le langage n'était que le reflet passif de la réalité physique et sociale). Sapir-horf hypothesis.

	GILBERT, A.L., REGIER, T., KAY, P., IVRY, R.B. (2006). Whorf hypothesis is supported in the right visual field but not the left. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 103, 489-494.

Hypothèse scientifique : Hypothèse formulée dans le cadre d'une recherche scientifique. Scientific hypothese.

	BOLLES, R.C. (1962). The difference between statistical hypotheses and scientific hypotheses. Psychological Reports, 11, 639-645.

Hypothèse statistique : Sur le plan logique, il s'agit des deux hypothèses - nulle et alternative - qui couvrent toutes les possibilités logiques (vraie ou fausse) de l'hypothèse de recherche. ( ): hypothèse nulle et hypothèse alternative. Statistical hypotheses.

Type	Notation		Rôle
Hypothèse nulle	A = B		Hypothèse que le chercheur tente de rejeter
Hypothèse Alternative	Unilatérale	A > B ou A < B	Hypothèse que le chercheur tente d'accepter (donc de confirmer)
Hypothèse Alternative	Bilatérale	A B

	BOLLES, R.C. (1962). The difference between statistical hypotheses and scientific hypotheses. Psychological Reports, 11, 639-645.
	ROGERS, T.W., GIERL, M.J. & LEIGHTON, J.P. (2004). Some thoughts on best practices for statistical hypothesis testing. CERA News. The Newsletter of the Canadian Educational & Researchers'Association, 4-7.

Hypothèse unilatérale : Hypothèse alternative soumise à un test unilatéral, et qui postule que A > B ou l'inverse. = hypothèse unidirectionnelle, hypothèse unicaudale.

Type	Notation		Rôle
Hypothèse nulle	A = B		Hypothèse que le chercheur tente de rejeter
Hypothèse Alternative	Unilatérale	A > B ou A < B	Hypothèse que le chercheur tente d'accepter (donc de confirmer)
Hypothèse Alternative	Bilatérale	A B

	KAISER H.F. (1960). Directional statistical decisions. Psychological Review, 67, 160-169.

Hypothèse personnelle : Hypothèse que l'on formule pour expliquer le comportement d'autrui. Hypothèse personnelle, inférence et attibution.

	SNYDER, M. & SWANN, M. (1978). Behavioral confirmation in social interaction : From social perception to social reality. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 148-162.
	SNYDER, M. & SWANN, M. (1978). Hypothesis-testing processes in social interaction. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 1202-1212.
	SNYDER, M. & CANTOR, N. (1979). Testing hypotheses about other people : The use of historical knowledge. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 75, 330-342.

Hypothèse principale : Hypothèse centrale d'une théorie sur laquelle repose toute l'édifice logique de l'explication (et donc de la problématique du chercheur). = hypothèse central, noyau dur de l'explication.

Hystérie/Hystérique: Trouble somatoforme décrit par le DSM-IV, étudié à l'origine par Charcot, Breuer et Freud. Au sens large et usuel, le mot désigne une conduite irrationnelle, désorganisée et excessive, que l'on associe plus souvent aux femmes qu'aux hommes. = trouble de conversion, névrose hystérique de type conversif. Hysteria.

	WHYTT, R. (1777). Traité des maladies nerveuses, hypochondriaques et hystériques. Paris : Didot F. Lib.	PUTNAM, J.J. (1906). Recent experiences in the study and treatment of hysteria at the Massachusetts General Hospital; with remarks on Freud's method of treatment by 'psycho-analysis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 1, 26-41.
	GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1890). La nutrition dans l'hystérie.	BORNSTEIN, B. (1946). Hysterical twilight states in an eight-year-old child. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 2, 229-240
	FREUD, S. et BREUER, J. (1895). Études sur l'hystérie. Paris. Presses Universitaires de France.	GREEN, A. (1964). Névrose obsessionnelle et hystérie, leurs relations chez Freud et depuis. Revue Française de Psychanalyse, 28 (5-6), 679-716.
	GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1895). Traité clinique et thérapeutique de l'hystérie d'après l'enseignement de La Salpêtrière. Paris : Plon.	BARRAUD. H.J. (1970). Étude comparée de l'hystérie chez Pierre Janet et chez Freud. Bulletin de Psychologie, 23 (17-19), 1133-1134.
		COMPTON, A.S. ( 1974). Who's hysterical ? Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1 (2), 158-174.

HA --- HAH --- HAL --- HAM --- HAN --- HE --- HER --- HI --- HIS --- HM --- HJ --- HO --- HOL --- HOM --- HR --- HU --- HY --- HYP

Comment citer ce site?

Pl@nètePsy

A à Z
Auteurs
Revues
Sources
Réference